Measuring and monitoring relays

Product group picture

2/1 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Measuring and monitoring relays
Table of contents

Measuring and monitoring relays

Product group picture 1
Table of contents 2
Benefits and advantages 3
2
Monitoring features and application ranges 5
Approvals and marks 7
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase................................ 9
Three-phase monitoring relays............................................................. 27
Grid feeding monitoring relays - Voltage and frequency monitoring
functions............................................................................................. 49
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems..................... 63
Motor load monitoring relays................................................................ 77
Motor control and protection................................................................ 83
Thermistor motor protection relays....................................................... 89
Temperature monitoring relays. . ............................................................ 99
Liquid level monitors and controls...................................................... 111
Contact protection relays................................................................... 125
Sensor interface relays. . ..................................................................... 131
Cycle monitoring relay with watchdog function.................................... 137
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers.................. 143

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/2
 Measuring and monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages

CM-N range: Multifunctional CM-S range: Universal and multifunctional CM-E range: Economy

2
2CDC 251 062 V0011

2CDC 251 052 V0011

1SVR 550 851 F9400

 45 mm wide housing  Only 22.5 mm wide housing  Only 22.5 mm wide housing
 Output contacts: 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts  Output contacts: 1 or 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts  Output contacts: 1 c/o contact or 1 n/o
 Continuous voltage range (24-240 V AC/DC)  One supply voltage range or supplied by contact
or single-supply measuring circuit  One supply voltage range
 Setting and operation via front-face operating  Setting and operation via front-face operating  One monitoring function
controls controls
 Cost-efficient solution for OEM applications
 Adjustment of threshold values and switching  Adjustment of threshold values and switching
hysteresis via direct reading scale hysteresis via direct reading scale  Preset monitoring ranges
 Adjustable time delays  Integrated and snap-fitted front-face marker
 Integrated and snap-fitted front-face marker  Snap-on housing: The relays can be placed
label on a DIN rail tool-free - just snap it on or
 Sealable transparent cover (accessory) remove it tool-free
 Sealable transparent cover (accessory)

ABB‘s measuring and monitoring relays in a new

housing

Benefits at a glance
Easy Connect Technology

New options: Extended features

Additionally to the existing well established screw connections a new inno-
vative connection technology can be offered: Easy Connect Technology Flammability:
with push-in terminals. The plastic housing material used meets the requirements for the highest
flammability class. (UL94 V-0 rated)

Tool-free wiring:
The push-in terminals can be wired with rigid or fine stranded wires with Look and feel:
wire end ferrules totally tool-free. The connection direction is exactly the The new housing fits perfectly with ABB’s control products offer.
same as the screw version.

Higher utility class:

The Easy Connect Technology provides excellent vibration resistance with
gas tight push-in terminals – the right solution for harsh environment.

2/3 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Measuring and monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages

2
Combination screws for CM-E range 1 LED‘s for status indication 5

Easy tightening and release of the connection screws with pozidrive, pan- All actual operational states are displayed by front-face LEDs, thus simp-
or crosshead screwdriver. lifying commissioning and troubleshooting.

Safety 2 Integrated marker label 6

The „real distance“ is hidden. Integrated marker labels allow the product to be marked quickly and sim-
The clearance and the creepage distances of our products exceed inter- ply. No additional marker labels are required.
national standards and substantially increase the safety of our products.
Sealable transparent cover 7
Easy Connect Technology 3 Protection against unauthorized changes of time and threshold values.
Tool-free wiring and excellent vibration resistance. Push-in terminals pro- Available as an accessory.
vide connection of wires up to 2 x 0.5 - 1.5 mm² (2 x 20 -16 AWG), rigid or
fine-strand with or without wire end ferrules. The extended type designa- Snap-On housing 8
tors for products with push-in terminals are indicated by a P following the Tool-free DIN rail installation and deinstallation of the monitoring relay.
extended type designator e.g. CM-xxS.xxP.

Double-chamber cage connection terminals 4

Double-chamber cage connection terminals provide connection of wires

up to 2 x 0,5-2.5 mm² (2 x 20-14 AWG) rigid or fine-strand, with or without
wire end ferrules. Potential distribution does not require additional termi-
nals. The extended type designators for products with double-chamber
cage connection terminals are indicated by a S following the extended
type designator e.g. CM-xxS.xxS.
2CDC 253 026 F0011

2CDC 252 006 F0012

1SVC 110 000 F0506

2CDC 255 006 S0011

1 3 5 7
2CDC 253 007 F0012
2CDC 253 011 F0003

2CDC 253 013 F0013

2CDC 253 025 F0011

2 4 6 8

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/4
 Measuring and monitoring relays
Monitoring features and application ranges

Single-phase current and voltage monitoring Three-phase monitoring

 Over- or undercurrent monitoring CM-SRS and CM-SRS.M  Phase failure CM-PBE
 Over- and undercurrent monitoring CM-SFS  Over- and undervoltage CM-PVE
 Over- or undervoltage monitoring CM-ESS and CM-ESS.M  Phase sequence and phase failure CM-PFE and CM-PFS
 Over- and undervoltage monitoring CM-EFS  Phase sequence and phase failure, over- and undervoltage CM-PSS.xx
2 and CM-PVS.xx
 Phase sequence and phase failure, unbalance CM-PAS.xx
 Phase sequence and phase failure, unbalance, over- and undervoltage
CM-MPS.xx and CM-MPN.xx
2CDC 252 025 F0004

 Over- and undervoltage, over- and underfrequency CM-UFS.1

2CDC 252 026 F0004

v
Current monitoring
 Monitoring of motor current consumption Three-phase voltage monitoring
 Monitoring of lighting installations and heating circuits  Voltage monitoring of mobile three-phase equipment
 Monitoring of hoisting gear and transportation equipment overload  Protection of personnel and installations against phase reversal
 Monitoring of locking devices, electromechanical brake gear and locked rotor  Monitoring of the supply voltage to machines and installations
 Protection of equipment against damage caused by unstable supply
voltage
Voltage monitoring
 Switching to emergency or auxiliary supply
 Speed monitoring of DC motors
 Protection of motors against damage caused by unbalanced phase volta-
 Monitoring of battery voltages and other supply networks ges and phase loss
 Monitoring of upper and lower voltage threshold values  Automatic connection & disconnection of decentralised power stations to the grid

Insulation monitoring Grid feeding monitoring relays

 For electrically isolated AC systems: CM-IWS.2 The CM-UFx range monitors all voltage and frequency parameters in a
 For electrically isolated AC, DC and mixed AC/DC systems: grid and ensures the safe feeding of decentral produced eletrical energy
CM-IWS.1, CM-IWN.1 and especially for solar applications: into the grid.
m 500 µF: CM-IWN.4  Monitoring of the voltage with up to 2 thresholds for over- and undervoltage
m 1000 µF: CM.IWN.5
m 2000 µF: CM-IWN.6  Monitoring of the frequency with up to 2 thresholds for over- and
underfrequency
2CDC 252 027 F0004

 Optional ROCOF (rate of change of frequency) and vector shift

 Acc. to national grid feeding standards such as CEI 0-21, VDE AR-N 4105
etc. L1
L2
L3
N

 Monitoring of electrically isolated supply mains for insulation resistance failure V,f
2CDC 252 009 F0013

 Detection of initial faults

 Protection against earth faults

Motor load monitoring Thermistor motor protection

CM-LWN monitoring relays load states of single- and three-phase CM-MSE, CM-MSS and CM-MSN provide full protection of motors with
asynchronous motors. integrated PTC resistor sensors.
2CDC 252 028 F0004

2CDC 252 029 F0004

 Detection of V-belt breaking

 Motor protection against overload  Protection of motors against thermal overload, e. g. caused by insuf-
 Monitoring of filters for clogging ficient cooling, heavy load starting conditions, undersized motors, etc.
 Protection of pumps against dry running
 Detection of high pressure in conduit systems
 Monitoring for dulling blades in sawing and cutting machines

2/5 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Measuring and monitoring relays
Monitoring features and application ranges

Liquid level monitoring and control Cycle monitoring

CM-ENE, CM-ENS and CM-ENN for control and regulation of liquid levels
and ratios of mixtures of conductive fluids.

2CDC 252 036 F0004

2
2CDC 252 030 F0004

 External monitoring of the correct function of programmable logic cont-

 Protection of pumps against dry running rollers (plc) and industrial pcs (ipc)
 Protection against container overflow
 Control of liquid levels
 Detection of leaks
 Control of mixing ratios

Contact protection, sensor evaluation Temperature monitoring

The CM-KRN protects sensitive control contacts from excessive loads and Acquisition, messaging and regulation of temperatures of solid, liquid and
can store switch positions. The CM-SIS supplies and evaluates NPN and gaseous media in processes and machines
PNP sensors.
 with CM-TCS via PT100 sensor
 with C512 and C513 with PT100, PT1000
KTY83, KTY84 or NTC sensors

2CDC 252 032 F0004

ϑ
2CDC 252 031 F0004

 Motor and system protection

 Control panel temperature monitoring
 Frost monitoring
 Temperature limits for process variables, e.g. in the packing or electro-
plating industry
 Storage of the switching states of bouncing contacts  Control of systems and machines like heating, air-conditioning and ven-
tilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or hot water supply
 Amplification of the switch state information of sensitive contacts systems
 Supply and evaluation of NPN or PNP sensors  Monitoring of servomotors with KTY sensors
 Bearing and gear oil monitoring
 Coolant monitoring

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/6
 Measuring and monitoring relays
Approvals and marks

J existing Current and voltage monitoring,

j pending Three-phase monitoring
single-phase

CM-MPN.52S/P

CM-MPN.62S/P

CM-MPN.72S/P
CM-MPS.x1S/P

CM-MPS.x3S/P
CM-SRS.1xS/P

CM-PSS.x1S/P

CM-PVS.x1S/P

CM-PAS.x1S/P
CM-ESS.MS/P
CM.SRS.MS/P

CM-SFS.2S/P

CM-EFS.2S/P
CM-SRS.2xS

CM-ESS.2xS

CM-PFS.S/P
2

CM-PBE

CM-PVE

CM-PFE
Approvals
A UL 508, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14 J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
C GL j j j j j j j J J J J J J J J J
D GOST J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1)
EAC J J J
K CB scheme J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
E CCC J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
L RMRS J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Rail applications 2) J J J J J J J J J
Marks
a CE J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
b C-Tick J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

J existing Insulation monitoring relays Tempera- Contact pro-

Motor load Grid feeding
j pending for ungrounded supply ture tection, sensor
monitoring monitoring relays
mains monitoring interface
CM-IWN.4,5,6.S/P
CM-IWN.1S/P
CM-IWS.2S/P

CM-IWS.1S/P

CM-TCS.xS/P
CM-IVN.S/P

CM-UFD.M21

CM-UFD.M22
CM-LWN

CM-UFS.1
CM-KRN

CM-SIS
C512

C513
Approvals
A UL 508, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14 J J J J J J J J J J J
C GL J J J J J j J
D GOST J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1)
K CB scheme J J J J J J J
E CCC J J J J J J J J
L RMRS J J J J J J J
Rail applications 2) J J J
CEI 0-21 J
VDE-AR-N 4105 „Erzeugungsan-
J
lagen am Niederspannungsnetz“
BDEW „Erzeugungsanlagen am
J
Mittelspannungsnetz“
Marks
a CE J J J J J J J J J J J J J
b C-Tick J J J J J J J J

J existing Cycle
j pending Thermistor motor protection Liquid level monitoring
monitoring
CM-ENN UP/...
CM-ENS UP/...
CM-ENE MAX
CM-ENE MIN
CM-MSS (1)

CM-MSS (2)

CM-MSS (3)

CM-MSS (4)

CM-MSS (5)

CM-MSS (6)

CM-MSS (7)
CM-WDS

CM-MSN
CM-MSE

CM-ENN
CM-ENS

Approvals
A UL 508, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14 J J J J J J j J J J J J J J J J
C GL J J J J J J J J J3) J
D GOST J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1)
EAC J J J
I II (2) G D, PTB 02 ATEX 3080 J J J J J
K CB scheme J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
E CCC J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
L RMRS J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Marks
a CE J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
b C-Tick J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
1)
May have been replaced by EAC during the availability of this catalog edition.
2)
Applicable in rail application following the latest standards for rail applications: NF F 16-101/102 (I2/F2 classified), EN 45545 (Hazard Level 3), DIN 5510, EN 50155,
IEC 60571. Further information is available in our rail segment brochure 2CDC110084B0201.
3)
Version with protective separation without C approval

2/7 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Measuring and monitoring relays
Notes

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/8
 Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Product group picture

2/9 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Table of contents

Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase

Product group picture 9
Table of contents 10
Benefits and advantages 11
2
Operating controls 12
Selection table - Current monitoring relays 13
Selection table - Voltage monitoring relays 14
Ordering details - Current monitoring relays 15
Ordering details - Voltage monitoring relays 16
Function diagrams 17
Connection diagrams, DIP switches 20
Technical data - Current monitoring relays 22
Technical data - Voltage monitoring relays 24
Notes 26

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/10
 Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Benefits and advantages

2CDC 251 059 V0011

2CDC 251 056 V0011

Characteristics current and voltage monitoring relays Current monitoring, single-phase

 Monitoring of DC and AC currents: 3 mA to 15 A 1) The ABB current monitoring relays CM-SRS.xx reliably monitor the occu-
 Monitoring of DC and AC voltages from 3 - 600 V rence of currents that exceed or fall below the selected threshold value.
The functions overcurrent or undercurrent monitoring can be preselected.
 TRMS measuring principle Single- and multifunction devices for the monitoring of direct or alternating
 One device includes 3 measuring ranges currents from 3 mA to 15 A are available.
 One device includes 4 measuring ranges: 3 - 30 V; 6 - 60 V;
30 - 300 V; 60 - 600 V Current window monitoring (Imin, Imax)
 Over- and undercurrent monitoring1) The window monitoring relay CM-SFS.2x is available if the application
requires the simultaneous monitoring of over- and undercurrents.
 Over- and undervoltage monitoring1)
 ON or OFF-delay configurable1) Voltage monitoring, single-phase
 Open- or closed-circuit principle configurable1) The ABB voltage monitoring relays CM-SRS.xx are used to monitor direct
 Threshold values for >U and/or <U adjustable1) and alternating voltages within a range of 3-600 V. Over- or undervoltage
detection can be preselected.
 Latching function configurable1)
 Thresholds for >I and/or <I adjustable1) Voltage window monitoring (Umin, Umax)
 Fixed hysteresis of 5 %1) For the simultaneous detection of over- and undervoltages, the window
 Start-up delay Tv adjustable 0; 0.1 - 30 s1) monitoring relay CM-EFS.2 can be used.
 Tripping delay Tv adjustable 0; 0.1 - 30 s1)
 1 x 2 c/o contacts (common signal) or 2 x 1 c/o contact
(separate signals for >I and <I) configurable 1)
 1 x 2 c/o contacts (common signal) or 2 x 1 c/o contact
(separate signals for >U and <U) configurable1)
 22.5 mm width
 3 LEDs for the indication of operational states
 Approvals / Marks 2)
A C D K E L /a b

1)
depending on device
2)
Applicable in rail application following the latest standards for rail applications:
NF F 16-101/102 (I2/F2 classified), EN 45545 (Hazard Level 3), DIN 5510, EN 50155,
IEC 60571. Further information is available in our rail segment brochure
2CDC110084B0201.

2/11 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Operating controls

Current monitoring relays

1 Adjustment of the threshold value >I for overcurrent

2 Adjustment of the threshold value <I for undercurrent
3 Indication of operational states 2
U/T: green LED – control supply voltage/timing
R: yellow LED – relay status
I: red LED – over- / undercurrent
1 4 Adjustment of the tripping delay TV
2 5 Adjustment of the start-up delay TS
6 DIP switches (see DIP switch functions on page 2/20)
A ON-delay
3 B OFF-delay
g Closed-circuit principle
4 h Open-circuit principle
f Latching function activated
5
e Latching function not activated
i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts

Voltage monitoring relays

1 Adjustment of the threshold value >U for overvoltage

2 Adjustment of the threshold value <U for undervoltage
3 Indication of operational states
U/T: green LED – control supply voltage/timing
R: yellow LED – relay status
U: red LED – over- / undervoltage
1 4 Adjustment of the tripping delay TV

2 5 Adjustment of the measuring range

6 DIP switches (see DIP switch functions on page 2/20)
A ON-delay
3 B OFF-delay
g Closed-circuit principle
4 h Open-circuit principle
5 f Latching function activated
e Latching function not activated
i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/12
 Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Selection table - Current monitoring relays

2
1SVR 730 840 R0200
1SVR 740 840 R0200
1SVR 730 841 R0200
1SVR 740 841 R0200
1SVR 730 841 R1200
1SVR 740 841 R1200
1SVR 730 840 R0300
1SVR 730 841 R0300
1SVR 730 841 R1300
1SVR 730 840 R0400
1SVR 740 840 R0400
1SVR 730 841 R0400
1SVR 740 841 R0400
1SVR 730 841 R1400
1SVR 740 841 R1400
1SVR 730 840 R0500
1SVR 730 841 R0500
1SVR 730 841 R1500
1SVR 730 840 R0600
1SVR 740 840 R0600
1SVR 730 840 R0700
1SVR 730 760 R0400
1SVR 740 760 R0400
1SVR 730 760 R0500
Order number

CM-SRS.M2S
CM-SRS.M1P
CM-SRS.M1S
CM-SRS.22S
CM-SRS.21P

CM-SRS.21P

CM-SRS.21P
CM-SRS.21S

CM-SRS.21S

CM-SRS.21S

CM-SFS.22S
CM-SRS.12S

CM-SFS.21P
CM-SFS.21S
CM-SRS.11P

CM-SRS.11P

CM-SRS.11P
CM-SRS.11S

CM-SRS.11S

CM-SRS.11S
Type

Rated control supply voltage Us

24 - 240 V AC/DC J J J J J J J J J J J J
110 - 130 V AC J J J J J J
220 - 240 V AC J J J J J J
Measuring ranges AC/DC
3 - 30 mA J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
10 - 100 mA J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
0.1 - 1 A J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
0.3 - 1.5 A J J J J J J J J
1-5A J J J J J J J J
3 - 15 A J J J J J J J J
Monitoring function
Over- or undercurrent J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Windows current monitoring J J J
Latching sel sel sel sel sel sel
Open circuit or closed circuit principle sel sel sel sel sel sel
Timing functions for tripping delay
ON delay, 0 or 0. 1 - 30 s adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
ON or OFF delay sel sel sel

Output
c/o contact 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Connection type
Push-in terminals J J J J J J J J
Double-chamber cage connection terminals J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
adj: adjustable
sel: selectable

2/13 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Selection table - Voltage monitoring relays

1SVR 730 830 R0300

1SVR 740 830 R0300

1SVR 730 831 R0300

1SVR 740 831 R0300

1SVR 730 831 R1300

1SVR 740 831 R1300
1SVR 730 830 R0400
1SVR 740 830 R0400
1SVR 730 831 R0400
1SVR 740 831 R0400
1SVR 730 831 R1400
1SVR 740 831 R1400
1SVR 730 830 R0500
1SVR 740 830 R0500
1SVR 730 750 R0400
1SVR 740 750 R0400
Order number

CM-ESS.MP
CM-ESS.MS
CM-ESS.2P

CM-ESS.2P

CM-ESS.2P
CM-ESS.2S

CM-ESS.2S

CM-ESS.2S

CM-EFS.2P
CM-EFS.2S
CM-ESS.1P

CM-ESS.1P

CM-ESS.1P
CM-ESS.1S

CM-ESS.1S

CM-ESS.1S
Type

Rated control supply voltage Us

24 - 240 V AC/DC J J J J J J J J
110 - 130 V AC J J J J
220 - 240 V AC J J J J
Measuring ranges AC/DC
3 - 30 V J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
6 - 60 V J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
30 - 300 V J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
60 - 600 V J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Monitoring function
Over- or undervoltage J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Windows voltage monitoring J J
Latching sel sel sel sel
Open circuit or closed circuit principle sel sel sel sel
Timing functions for tripping delay
ON delay, 0 or 0.1 - 30 s adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
ON or OFF delay sel sel

Output
c/o contact 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Connection type
Push-in terminals J J J J J J J J
Double-chamber cage connection terminals J J J J J J J J

adj: adjustable
sel: selectable

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/14
 Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Ordering details - Current monitoring relays

Description
The CM range current monitoring relays protect single-phase mains (DC or AC) from over- and
undercurrent from 3 mA to 15 A. Two different terminal versions are available. You can choose
between the proven screw connection technology (double-chamber cage connecting termi-
2
nals) and the completely tool-free Easy Connect Technology (push-in terminals).
Ordering details
Rated control Function Tripping Measuring Type Order code Price Weight
supply voltage delay T V range (1 pce)
1 pce kg (lb)
24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR730840R0200 0.145 (0.320)

110-130 V AC CM-SRS.11S 1SVR730841R0200 0.161 (0.355)

220-240 V AC 3-30 mA 1SVR730841R1200 0.161 (0.355)

b without 10-100 mA
a 0.1-1 A
24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR740840R0200 0.137 (0.302)
2CDC 251 054 V0011

110-130 V AC CM-SRS.11P 1SVR740841R0200 0.153 (0.337)

220-240 V AC 1SVR740841R1200 0.153 (0.337)

CM-SRS.22S
24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR730840R0300 0.137 (0.302)
0.3-1.5 A
110-130 V AC b without 1-5 A CM-SRS.12S 1SVR730841R0300 0.168 (0.370)
a 3-15 A
220-240 V AC 1SVR730841R1300 0.168 (0.370)

24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR730840R0400 0.152 (0.335)

110-130 V AC CM-SRS.21S 1SVR730841R0400 0.179 (0.395)

220-240 V AC 3-30 mA 1SVR730841R1400 0.179 (0.395)

b adjustable
0 or 0.1-30 s 10-100 mA
a 0.1-1 A
24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR740840R0400 0.141 (0.311)

110-130 V AC CM-SRS.21P 1SVR740841R0400 0.168 (0.370)

220-240 V AC 1SVR740841R1400 0.168 (0.370)

24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR730840R0500 0.144 (0.399)

0.3-1.5 A
b adjustable
110-130 V AC 0 or 0.1-30 s 1-5 A CM-SRS.22S 1SVR730841R0500 0.181 (0.399)
a 3-15 A
220-240 V AC 1SVR730841R1500 0.181 (0.399)

3-30 mA CM-SRS.M1S 1SVR730840R0600 0.153 (0.337)

adjustable
24-240 V AC/DC 0 or 0.1-30 s 10-100
b mA
0.1-1 A CM-SRS.M1P 1SVR740840R0600 0.142 (0.313)
2CDC 251 056 V0011

e
a
f 0.3-1.5 A
adjustable
24-240 V AC/DC CM-SRS.M2S 1SVR730840R0700 0.155 (0.342)
0 or 0.1-30 s 1-5 A
3-15 A

CM-SFS.22P b 3-30 mA CM-SFS.21S 1SVR730760R0400 0.150 (0.331)

adjustable
24-240 V AC/DC 0 or 0.1-30 s 10-100
e mA
a 0.1-1 A CM-SFS.21P 1SVR740760R0400 0.139 (0.306)
f
j 0.3-1.5 A
adjustable
b Overcurrent monitoring 24-240 V AC/DC 0 or 0.1-30 s 1-5 A CM-SFS.22S 1SVR730760R0500 0.158 (0.348)
i 3-15 A
a Undercurrent monitoring
e Without latching S: screw connection
f With latching P: push-in / easy connect
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact

2/15 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Ordering details - Voltage monitoring relays

Description
The CM range voltage monitoring relays provide reliable monitoring of voltages as well as detec-
tion of phase loss in single-phase mains.
All devices are available with two different terminal versions. You can choose between the pro-
2
ven screw connection technology (double-chamber cage connecting terminals) and the comple-
tely tool-free Easy Connect Technology (push-in terminals).
Ordering details
Rated control Function Tripping Measuring Type Order code Price Weight
supply voltage delay T V range (1 pce)
1 pce kg (lb)
24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR730830R0300 0.135 (0.298)

110-130 V AC CM-ESS.1S 1SVR730831R0300 0.164 (0.362)

2CDC 251 060 V0011

220-240 V AC 3-30 V 1SVR730831R1300 0.164 (0.362)

d 6-60 V
without
c 30-300 V
24-240 V AC/DC 60-600 V 1SVR740830R0300 0.126 (0.278)

CM-ESS.MP 110-130 V AC CM-ESS.1P 1SVR740831R0300 0.155 (0.342)

220-240 V AC 1SVR740831R1300 0.155 (0.342)

24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR730830R0400 0.153 (0.337)

110-130 V AC CM-ESS.2S 1SVR730831R0400 0.181 (0.399)

220-240 V AC 3-30 V 1SVR730831R1400 0.181 (0.399)

d adjustable 6-60 V
c 0 or 0.1-30 s 30-300 V
24-240 V AC/DC 60-600 V 1SVR740830R0400 0.142 (0.313)

110-130 V AC CM-ESS.2P 1SVR740831R0400 0.170 (0.375)

220-240 V AC 1SVR740831R1400 0.170 (0.375)

de 3-30 V CM-ESS.MS 1SVR730830R0500 0.154 (0.340)

ce adjustable 6-60 V
24-240 V AC/DC
df 0 or 0.1-30 s 30-300 V
cf 60-600 V CM-ESS.MP 1SVR740830R0500 0.143 (0.320)
2CDC 251 059 V0011

b
3-30 V
CM-EFS.2S 1SVR730750R0400 0.157 (0.346)
e
a adjustable 6-60 V
24-240 V AC/DC
f 0 or 0.1-30 s 30-300 V
60-600 V
CM-EFS.2 j CM-EFS.2P 1SVR740750R0400 0.146 (0.322)
i
S: screw connection
b Overcurrent monitoring P: push-in / easy connect
a Undercurrent monitoring
e Without latching
f With latching
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/16
 Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Function diagrams

Function diagrams - CM-SRS.1 Function diagrams - CM-SRS.2

Overcurrent monitoring b
Overcurrent monitoring b
A1-A2

2CDC 252 210 F0205

A1-A2

2CDC 252 208 F0205

Threshold
Threshold
Hysteresis

2
Hysteresis
Measured value TV < TV
Measured value
11-14 (15-18)
11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
green LED 21-22 (25-26)
red LED green LED
yellow LED red LED
yellow LED

Undercurrent monitoring a Undercurrent monitoring a

A1-A2

2CDC 252 211 F0205

A1-A2
2CDC 252 209 F0205

Measured value TV < TV

Measured value
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Threshold
Threshold
11-14 (15-18)
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
green LED 21-22 (25-26)
red LED green LED
yellow LED red LED
yellow LED

If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value, the output relay(s) energize(s): on the CM-SRS.1 immediately, on the CM-
SRS.2 after the set tripping delay TV. If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus resp. minus the adjusted hysteresis, the
output relay(s) de-energize(s). The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value.

Function diagrams - CM-SRS.M

Overcurrent monitoring b without latching e Undercurrent monitoring a without latching e
A1-A2

2CDC 252 213 F0205

A1-A2
2CDC 252 212 F0205

Measured value
Threshold
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Threshold
Measured value
TS TV < TV Open-circuit principle open
TS TV < TV
Open-circuit principle open
11-14 (15-18)
11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle closed

Closed-circuit principle closed

11-14 (15-18)
11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED

Overcurrent monitoring b with latching f Undercurrent monitoring b with latching f

A1-A2
2CDC 252 215 F0205

A1-A2
2CDC 252 214 F0205

Reset Reset
Threshold Measured value

Hysteresis Hysteresis

Measured value Threshold

TS TV TS < TV
Open-circuit principle open
Open-circuit principle open TS TV TS < TV
11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26)

green LED green LED

red LED red LED

yellow LED yellow LED

Closed-circuit principle closed

Closed-circuit principle closed

11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18)

11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26)

green LED green LED

red LED red LED

yellow LED yellow LED

If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value before the set start-up delay TS is complete, the output relays do not
change their actual state. If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value when TS is complete, the tripping delay TV
starts. If TV is complete and the measured value is still exceeding resp. below the threshold value plus resp. minus the set hysteresis, the output
relays energize h / de-energize g.
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value minus resp. plus the set hysteresis and the latching function is not activated
e, the output relays de-energize h / energize g. With activated latching function f the output relays remain energized h and de-energize
only, when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-energized g and energize only, when the supply voltage is switched off
and then again switched on = Reset.
The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value.

2/17 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Function diagrams

Function diagrams - CM-SFS.2

Current window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j ON-delayed A current window monitoring with parallel switching c/o
ON-delayed A without latching f contacts j:
A1-A2 If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold

2CDC 252 216 F0205

value before the set start-up delay TS is complete, the output relays do not
2
Thresholdmax
Hysteresis
change their actual state.
Measured value
TS TV < TV If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold
Hysteresis
Thresholdmin value when TS is complete, the tripping delay TV starts, when A is confi-
Open-circuit principle
gured. If TV is complete and the measured value is still exceeding resp.
below the threshold value minus resp. plus the fixed hysteresis (5%), the
open

11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
output relays energize h /de-energize g.
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus
red LED resp. minus the hysteresis and the latching function is not activated f,
yellow LED the output relays de-energize h / energize g. With activated latching
Closed-circuit principle closed
function e the output relays remain energized h and de-energize only,
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16) when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-ener-
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
gized g and energize only, when the supply voltage is switched off and
green LED
then again switched on = Reset.
red LED
yellow LED

Further function diagrams see data sheet.

Current window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j OFF-delayed B current window monitoring with parallel switching c/o
OFF-delayed B without latching e contacts j:
A1-A2 If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold
2CDC 252 217 F0205

Thresholdmax
value when the set start-up delay TS is complete, the output relays ener-
Hysteresis gize h / de-energize g, when B is configured, and remain in this
Measured value position during the set tripping delay TV. If the measured value exceeds
Hysteresis
TS TV TV
resp. drops below the threshold value plus resp. minus the fixed hystere-
Thresholdmin
sis (5%) and the latching function is not activated e, the tripping delay
Open-circuit principle open
TV starts. After completion of TV, the output relays de-energize h / ener-
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16) gize g, provided that the latching function is not activated e. With
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
activated latching function f the output relays remain energized h and
green LED de-energize only, when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output
red LED relays remain de-energized g and energize only, when the supply vol-
yellow LED tage is switched off and then again switched on = Reset. When i is
Closed-circuit principle closed

adjusted on the device, the functionality is equivalent to the one described

above. There is only to consider that in this case, instead of both output
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
relays, only one output relay each will be switched.
green LED “>I“ = 1115-1216/1418 ; “<I“ = 2125-2226/2428
red LED
yellow LED

Function diagrams - CM-ESS.1 Function diagrams - CM-ESS.2

Overvoltage monitoring d
Overvoltage monitoring d
A1-A2
2CDC 252 210 F0205

A1-A2
2CDC 252 208 F0205

Threshold
Threshold
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Measured value TV < TV
Measured value
11-14 (15-18)
11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16)
11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28)
green LED 21-22 (25-26)

red LED green LED

yellow LED red LED

yellow LED

Undervoltage monitoring c
Undervoltage monitoring c A1-A2
2CDC 252 211 F0205

A1-A2
2CDC 252 209 F0205

Measured value TV < TV

Measured value Hysteresis

Hysteresis Threshold

Threshold 11-14 (15-18)

11-12 (15-16)
11-14 (15-18)
21-24 (25-28)
11-12 (15-16)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED

Depending on the configuration, the voltage monitoring relays CM-ESS.1 and CM-ESS.2 can be used for over- d or undervoltage monitoring c in
single-phase AC and/or DC systems. The voltage to be monitored (measured value) is applied to terminals B-C. The devices work according the open-
circuit principle. If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value, the output relay(s) energize(s): on the CM-ESS.1
immediately, on the CM-ESS.2 after the set tripping delay TV. If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus resp. minus the
adjusted hysteresis, the output relay(s) de-energize(s). The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value.

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/18
 Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Function diagrams

Function diagrams - CM-ESS.M

Overvoltage monitoring d without latching e Undervoltage monitoring c without latching e
A1-A2 A1-A2

2CDC 252 228 F0205

2CDC 252 229 F0205

Threshold Measured value
Hysteresis Hysteresis

2
Measured value Threshold
< TV TV < TV
Open-circuit principle open Open-circuit principle open < TV TV < TV
11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26)
green LED green LED
red LED red LED
yellow LED yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle closed
Closed-circuit principle closed

11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18)

11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26)
green LED green LED
red LED red LED
yellow LED yellow LED

Overvoltage monitoring d with latching f Undervoltage monitoring c with latching f

A1-A2 A1-A2
2CDC 252 230 F0205

2CDC 252 231 F0205

Reset Reset
Threshold Measured value
Hysteresis Hysteresis
Measured value Threshold
< TV TV < TV
Open-circuit principle open Open-circuit principle open < TV TV < TV
11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26)
green LED green LED
red LED red LED
yellow LED yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle closed
Closed-circuit principle closed

11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18)

11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26)
green LED green LED
red LED red LED
yellow LED yellow LED

If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value, the tripping delay TV starts. If TV is complete and the measured value is
still exceeding resp. below the threshold value plus resp. minus the set hysteresis, the output relays energize h / de-energize g.
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus resp. minus the set hysteresis and the latching function is not activated e,
the output relays de-energize h / energize g. With activated latching function f the output relays remain energized h and de-energize only, when
the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-energized g and energize only, when the supply voltage is switched off and then again
switched on = Reset. The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value.
Further function diagrams see data sheet.

Voltage window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j ON-delayed A voltage window monitoring with parallel switching c/o
ON-delayed A without latching e contacts j:
A1-A2 If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold
2CDC 252 232 F0205

Thresholdmax
Hysteresis
value, the tripping delay TV starts, when A is configured. If TV is complete
Measured value
and the measured value is still exceeding resp. below the threshold value
Hysteresis
< TV TV < TV
minus resp. plus the fixed hysteresis (5%), the output relays energize h /
Thresholdmin

Open-circuit principle
de-energize g.
open

11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16) If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
resp. minus the hysteresis and the latching function is not activated e,
green LED the output relays de-energize h / energize g. With activated latching
red LED
yellow LED
function e the output relays remain energized h and de-energize only,
Closed-circuit principle closed
when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-ener-
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16) gized g and energize only, when the supply voltage is switched off and
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26) then again switched on = Reset.
green LED
red LED
yellow LED

OFF-delayed B voltage window monitoring with parallel switching c/o

Voltage window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j contacts j:
OFF-delayed B without latching e If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold
A1-A2
value, the output relays energize h / de-energize g, when B is confi-
gured, and remain in this position during the set tripping delay TV.
2CDC 252 233 F0205

Thresholdmax
Hysteresis

Measured value
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus
Hysteresis
TV TV
resp. minus the fixed hysteresis (5%) and the latching function is not acti-
Thresholdmin
vated e, the tripping delay TV starts.
Open-circuit principle open

11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16) After completion of TV, the output relays de-energize h / energize g,
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
provided that the latching function is not activated e. With activated lat-
green LED ching function e the output relays remain energized h and de-energize
red LED
yellow LED
only, when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-
Closed-circuit principle closed
energized g and energize only, when the supply voltage is switched off
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16) and then again switched on = Reset.
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
When i is adjusted on the device, the functionality is equivalent to the
red LED one described above. There is only to consider that in this case, instead of
yellow LED
both output relays, only one output relay each will be switched.
“>U“ = 1115-1216/1418 ; “<U“ = 2125-2226/2428

2/19 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Connection diagrams, DIP switches

Connection diagram CM-SRS.1, CM-SRS.2 DIP switch functions CM-SRS.1, CM-SRS.2

A1 1115 C A1 1115 2125

2CDC 252 204 F0005

2CDC 252 205 F0005

2CDC 252 272 F0005

B1 B2 B3 B1 B2 B3
B1 B2 B3 1115 B1 B2 B3 1115 2125
2
C C
1 ON Undercurrent monitoring
A1 A2 1216 1418 A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428 OFF Overcurrent monitoring
OFF = Default
1418 1216 C
1418 1216 A2 2428 2226 A2
A1-A2 Control supply voltage A1-A2 Control supply voltage
B1-C Measuring range 1: B1-C Measuring range 1:
3-30 mA or 0.3-1.5 A 3-30 mA or 0.3-1.5 A
B2-C Measuring range 2: B2-C Measuring range 2:
10-100 mA or 1-5 A 10-100 mA or 1-5 A
B3-C Measuring range 3: B3-C Measuring range 3:
0.1-1 A or 3-15 A 0.1-1 A or 3-15 A
1115-1216/1418 Output contacts - 1115-1216/1418 Output contacts -
open-circuit principle 2125-2226/2428 open-circuit principle

Connection diagram CM-SRS.M DIP switch functions CM-SRS.M

2CDC 252 273 F0005

A1-A2 Control supply voltage Position 4 3 2 1
A1 1115 2125
2CDC 252 205 F0005

B1 B2 B3 B1-C Measuring range 1: ON

closed
3-30 mA bzw. 0.3-1.5 A I

B1 B2 B3 1115 2125 B2-C Measuring range 2:

10-100 mA bzw. 1-5 A OFF open I

C B3-C Measuring range 3:

0.1-1 A bzw. 3-15 A 1 ON Undercurrent monitoring
1115-1216/1418 Output contacts - OFF Overcurrent monitoring
A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428 2125-2226/2428 open-or 2 ON Closed-circuit principle
closed circuit principle OFF Open-circuit principle
1418 1216 C
2428 2226 A2 3 ON Latching function activated
OFF Latching function not activated
OFF = Default

Connection diagram CM-SFS.2 DIP switch function CM-SFS.2

A1-A2 Control supply voltage
2CDC 252 274 F0005

Position 4 3 2 1
A1 1115 2125
2CDC 252 205 F0005

B1-C Measuring range 1:

B1 B2 B3 3-30 mA or 0.3-1.5 A ON 2x1 c/o
closed

B1 B2 B3 1115 2125 B2-C Measurign range 2:

10-100 mA or 1-5 A OFF 1x2 c/o
open
B3-C Measuring range 3:
C 0.1-1 A or 3-15 A 1 ON OFF-delay
1115-1216/1418 Output contacts - OFF ON-delay
A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428 2125-2226/2428 open-or 2 ON Closed-circuit principle
closed circuit principle OFF Open-circuit principle
1418 1216 C
3 ON Latching function activated
2428 2226 A2 OFF Latching function not activated
4 ON 2x1 c/o contact
OFF 1x2 c/o contacts
OFF = Default

Connection diagram CM-ESS.M DIP switch functions CM-ESS.M

A1-A2 Control supply voltage

2CDC 252 276 F0005

A1 1115 2125
2CDC 252 207 F0005

Position 4 3 2 1
B B-C Measuring ranges:
ON
closed
3-30 V; 6-60 V; V
B 1115 2125 30-300 V; 60-600 V
1115-1216/1418 Output contacts - OFF open V
2125-2226/2428 Open- or closed circuit
C principle
1 ON Undervoltage monitoring
OFF Overvoltage monitoring
A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428
2 ON Closed-circuit principle
1418 1216 C OFF Open-circuit principle
2428 2226 A2 3 ON Latching function activated
OFF Latching function not activated
OFF = Default

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/20
 Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Connection diagrams, DIP switches

Connection diagram CM-ESS.1, CM-ESS.2 DIP switch functions CM-ESS.1, CM-ESS.2

2CDC 252 275 F0005

A1 1115 C A1 1115 2125
2CDC 252 206 F0005

2CDC 252 207 F0005

B B
B 1115 B 1115 2125
2
C C
1 ON Undervoltage monitoring
OFF Overvoltage monitoring
A1 A2 1216 1418 A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428
OFF = Default
1418 1216 C
1418 1216 A2 2428 2226 A2

A1-A2 Control supply voltage A1-A2 Control supply voltage

B-C Measuring ranges: B-C Measuring ranges:
3-30 V; 6-60 V; 3-30 V; 6-60 V;
30-300 V; 60-600 V 30-300 V; 60-600 V
1115-1216/1418 Output contacts - 1115-1216/1418 Output contacts -
open-circuit principle 2125-2226/2428 open-circuit principle

Connection diagram CM-EFS.2 DIP switch functions CM-EFS.2

A1-A2 Control Supply voltage
A1 1115 2125
2CDC 252 207 F0005

2CDC 252 274 F0005

Position 4 3 2 1
B-C Measuring ranges:
B
3-30 V; 6-60 V; closed
ON 2x1 c/o
B 1115 2125 30-300 V; 60-600 V
1115-1216/1418 Output contacts -
2125-2226/2428 open- or closed circuit principle OFF 1x2 c/o
open
C
1 ON ON-delay
A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428 OFF OFF-delay
2 ON Closed-circuit principle
1418 1216 C OFF Open-circuit principle
2428 2226 A2 3 ON Latching function activated
OFF Latching function not activated
4 2 x 1 c/o contact
1 x 2 c/o contacts
OFF = Default

2/21 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Current monitoring relays, single-phase
Technical data - Current monitoring relays

Type CM-SRS.1 CM-SRS.2 CM-SRS.M CM-SFS.2

Input circuit - Supply circuit A1-A2
Rated control supply voltage Us A1-A2 110-130 V AC
A1-A2 220-240 V AC
A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC 2
Rated control supply voltage Us tolerance -15...+10 %
Rated frequency AC versions 50/60 Hz
AC/DC versions 50/60 Hz or DC
Current / power consumption see data sheets
Power failure buffering time 20 ms
Transient overvoltage protection Varistors
Input circuit - Measuring circuit B1/B2/B3-C
Monitoring function over- or undercurrent monitoring over- and under-
configurable current monitoring
Measuring method True RMS measuring principle
Measuring inputs CM-SxS.x1 CM-SxS.x2
Terminal connection B1-C B2-C B3-C B1-C B2-C B3-C
Measuring ranges AC/DC 3-30 mA 10-100 mA 0.1-1 A 0.3-1.5 A 1-5 A 3-15 A 2)
Input resistance 3.3 q 1q 0.1 q 0.05 q 0.01 q 0.0025 q
Pulse overload capacity t < 1 s 500 mA 1A 10 A 15 A 50 A 100 A
Continous capacity 50 mA 150 mA 1.5 A 2A 7A 17 A
Threshold value(s) adjustable within the indicated measuring range
Setting accuracy of threshold value 10 %
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) 0.07 % of full scale
Hysteresis related to the threshold value 3-30 % adjustable 5 % fixed
Measuring signal frequency range DC / 15 Hz - 2 kHz
Rated measuring signal frequency range DC / 50-60 Hz
Maximum response time AC: 80 ms / DC: 120 ms
Accuracy within the control supply voltage tolerance U m 0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range U m 0.06 % / °C
Timing circuit
Start-up delay TS none 0 or 0.1-30 s adjustable
Tripping delay TV none 0 or 0.1-30 s adjustable
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) w0.07 % of full scale
Accuracy within the control supply voltage tolerance - t m 0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range - t m 0.06 % / °C
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage U/T: green LED V : control supply voltage applied,
X : start-up delay T S active,
W : tripping delay T V active
Measured value I: red LED V : overcurrent,
W: undercurrent
Relay status R: yellow LED V : relay energized, no latching function
Z: relay energized, active latching function
Y: relay de-energized, active latching function
Output circuits 11(15)-12(16)/14(18), 21(25)-22(26)/24(28) - Relays
Kind of output 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts 1x2 c/o contacts or
2x1 c/o contact
configurable
Operating principle open-circuit principle 1)
open- or closed-circuit principle
configurable 1)

Contact material AgNi

Rated operational voltage Ue IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current 24 V / 10 mA
Maximum switching voltage / maximum switching current 250 V AC / 4 A AC
Rated ­operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) at 230 V 4A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) at 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) at 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) at 24 V 2A
AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
(UL 508) max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power 3600/360 VA
(Make/Break) at B 300
Mechanical lifetime 30x10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1x10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit n/c contact 6 A fast-acting 10 A fast-acting 6 A fast-acting
protection n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
1)
Open-circuit principle: output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds b / falls below a the adjusted threshold value
Closed-circuit principle: output relay de-energizes if measured value exeeds b / falls below a the adjusted threshold value
2)
In case of measured currents > 10 A, lateral spacing has to be min. 10 mm

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/22
 Current monitoring relays, single-phase
Technical data - Current monitoring relays

Type CM-SRS.1 CM-SRS.2 CM-SRS.M CM-SFS.2

General data
MTBF on request
Duty time 100%
Dimensions product dimensions 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
2 (W x H x D) packaging dimensions 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight net weight depending on device, see ordering details
gross weight depending on device, see ordering details
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units 10mm (0.39in) at measured current > 10 A 2)

Material of housing UL 94 V-0

Degree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Wire size Screw connection technology Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
Stripping length 8 mm (0.32 in)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in) -
Environmental data
Ambient temperature range operation / storage -20...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30) 55 °C, 6 cycles
Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 2
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2) Class 2
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage supply / measuring 600 V
(VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1, IEC/EN 60255-5) ­circuit / output
supply / output 1/2 250 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp supply / measuring 6 kV 1.2/50 µs
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60255-5) circuit / output
supply / output 1/2 4 kV 1.2/50 µs
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC/EN 60255-5) 3
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC/EN 60255-5) III
Standards
Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to IEC/EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3
conducted disturbances, induced by radio-fre- IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3
quency fields
Interference emission IEC/EN 61000-6-3
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22; EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22; EN 55022 Class B

2/23 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Technical data - Voltage monitoring relays

Type CM-ESS.1 CM-ESS.2 CM-ESS.M CM-EFS.2

Input circuit - Supply circuit A1-A2
Rated control supply voltage Us A1-A2 110-130 V AC
A1-A2 220-240 V AC
A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC
Rated control supply voltage Us tolerance -15...+10 % 2
Rated frequency AC versions 50/60 Hz
AC/DC versions 50/60 Hz or DC
Current / power consumption see data sheet
Power failure buffering time 20 ms
Transient overvoltage protection Varistors
Input circuit - Measuring circuit B-C
Monitoring function over- or undervoltage monitoring over- and undervolta-
configurable ge monitoring
configurable
Measuring method True RMS measuring principle
Measuring inputs CM-ExS
Terminal connection B-C B-C B-C B-C
Measuring range AC/DC 3-30 V 6-60 V 30-300 V 60-600 V
Input resistance 600 kq 600 kq 600 kq 600 kq
Pulse overload capacity t < 1 s 800 V 800 V 800 V 800 V
Continous capacity 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V
Threshold value(s) adjustable within the indicated measuring range
Setting accuracy of threshold value 10 %
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) w0.07 % of full scale
Hysteresis related to the threshold value 3-30 % adjustable 5 % fixed
Measuring signal frequency range DC / 15 Hz - 2 kHz
Rated measuring signal frequency range DC / 50-60 Hz
Maximum response time AC: 80 ms / DC: 120 ms
Accuracy within the control supply voltage tolerance U m 0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range U m 0.06 % / °C
Transient overvoltage protection Varistors
Timing circuit
Delay time TV none 0 or 0.1-30 s adjustable
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) w0.07 % of full scale
Accuracy within the control supply voltage tolerance - t m 0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range - t m 0.06 % / °C
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage U/T: green LED V : control supply voltage applied
W: tripping delay T V active
Measured value U: red LED V : overvoltage,
W: undervoltage
Relay status R: yellow LED V : relay energized, no latching function
Z: relay energized, active latching function
Y: relay de-energized, active latching function
Output circuits
Kind of output 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts 1x2 c/o contacts or
2x1 c/o contact
configurable
Operating principle open-circuit principle 1)
open- or closed-circuit principle
configurable 1)

Contact material AgNi

Rated operational voltage Ue IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current 24 V / 10 mA
Maximum switching voltage / maximum switching current 250 V AC / 4 A AC
Rated ­operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) at 230 V 4A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) at 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) at 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) at 24 V 2A
1)
Open-circuit principle: output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds d / falls below c the adjusted threshold value
Closed-circuit principle: output relay de-energizes if measured value exeeds d / falls below c the adjusted threshold value

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/24
 Voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Technical data - Voltage monitoring relays

Type CM-ESS.1 CM-ESS.2 CM-ESS.M CM-EFS.2

AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power 3600/360 VA
(Make/Break) at B 300
2 Mechanical lifetime 30x10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1x10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit n/c contact 6 A fast-acting 10 A fast-acting 6 A fast-acting
protection n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
General data
MTBF on request
Duty time 100%
Dimensions (W x H x D) product dimensions 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
packaging dimensions 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight net weight depending on device, see ordering details
gross weight depending on device, see ordering details
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units vertical / horizontal not necessary / not necessary
Material of housing UL 94 V-0
Degree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Wire size Screw connection technology Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
Stripping length 8 mm (0.32 in)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in) -
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage supply / measuring 600 V
(VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1, IEC/EN 60255-5) circuit / output
supply / output 1/2 250 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp supply / measuring 6 kV 1.2/50 µs
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60255-5) circuit / output
supply / output 1/2 4 kV 1.2/50 µs
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC/EN 60255-5) 3
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC/EN 60255-5) III
Standards
Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to IEC/EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3
radiated, radio-frequency, IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3
conducted disturbances, induced by radio- IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3
frequency fields
Interference emission IEC/EN 61000-6-3
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22; EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22; EN 55022 Class B

2/25 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Notes

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/26
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Product group picture

2/27 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
Table of contents

Three-phase monitoring relays

Product group picture 27
Table of contents 28
Benefits and advantages, Applications 29
2
Operating controls 30
Selection table singlefunctional 31
Selection table multifunctional 32
Ordering details - Singlefunctional 33
Ordering details - Multifunctional 34
Function diagrams 35
Connection diagrams, DIP switches 39
DIP switches, Rotary switches 40
Technical data 41

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/28
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages, Applications

Characteristics of the CM range three-phase monitors Extended functionality

 Adjustable phase unbalance threshold value 1) ABB’s new generation of three-phase monitoring relays feature ­additional
 Adjustable ON-delay/OFF-delay time 1) functions making the application field for the devices ­considerably larger.
 Dual frequency measuring 50/60 Hz
 Powered by the measuring circuit
2  1 n/o contact, 1 or 2 c/o contacts
Selectable phase sequence monitoring
The phase sequence monitoring can be switched off by means of a rotary
 LEDs for the indication of operational states switch or a DIP switch. This enables monitoring of three-phase mains
 Multifunctional and single-functional devices where phase sequence is not relevant for the ­application, for
example in case of motors with forward and reverse rotation, heating
 Phase failure detection applications, etc.
 Phase sequence monitoring 1)
 Over- and undervoltage monitoring (fixed or adjustable)1)
 Wide-range operating voltage guarantees world-wide operation Automatic phase sequence correction
 Approvals / Marks The automatic phase sequence correction is activated by means of a DIP
switch. With activated phase sequence correction, it is ­ensured that for
AC DK E a b
2)
/ any non-fixed or portable equipment, e.g. ­construction ­machinery, the cor-
rect phase sequence is always applied to the ­input terminals of the load.
For details regarding the wiring, please see function description / diagrams.
1)
depending on device type
2)
Applicable in rail application following the latest standards for rail applications: NF F
16-101/102 (I2/F2 classified), EN 45545 (Hazard Level 3), DIN 5510, EN 50155,
IEC 60571. Further information is available in our rail segment brochure 2CD-
C110084B0201.
Structure of the type designation
CM-_ _ x.yz
x: width of enclosure
y: Control supply voltage / measuring range
Phase unbalance monitoring 1 110, 115, 120, 127 V supply systems (phase-neutral)
If the supply by the three-phase system is unbalanced due to uneven dis- 2 220, 230, 240 V supply systems (phase-neutral)
tribution of the load, the motor will convert a part of the energy into reactive
power. This energy gets lost unexploited; also the motor is exposed to hig- 3 200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 257, 260 V supply systems
her thermal stress. Other thermal protection devices fail to detect (phase-phase)
continuing unbalances which can lead to damage or destruction of the 4 440, 460 V supply systems (phase-phase)
motor. The CM range three-phase monitors with phase unbalance monito- 5 480, 500 V supply systems (phase-phase)
ring can reliably detect this critical situation.
6 575, 600 V supply systems (phase-phase)
7 660, 690 V supply systems (phase-phase)
Phase sequence 8 200, 400 V supply systems (phase-phase)
Changing the phase sequence during operation or a wrong phase
sequence prior to startup causes a change of the rotational direction of the z: Rated frequency / output circuit
connected device. Generators, pumps or fans rotate in the wrong direction
and the installation is no longer working properly. Especially for moveable 1 50/60 Hz – 1x2 c/o
equipment, such as construction machinery, phase sequence detection 2 50/60 Hz – 1x2 or 2x1 c/o
prior to the startup process is highly reasonable.
3 50/60/400 Hz – 1x2 oder 2x1 c/o

Phase loss
In case of phase loss, undefined stats of the installation are likely to occur.
E.g. the startup process of motors is disturbed. All three-phase monitors of
the ABB CM range detect a phase loss as soon as the voltage of one
phase drops below 60% of its nominal value.

Voltage monitoring
All electric devices can be damaged when operated continuously in a net-
work with out-of-range voltages. For example, safe starting is not ensured
in case of undervoltage. Also, the switching state of a contactor is not
clearly defined when operated in a „forbidden“ voltage range. This can lead
to undefined states of the installtion and cause damage or destruction of
valuable parts.

2/29 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
Operating controls

S-Range Housing

1 Adjustment of the hysteresis >U for overvoltage

2 Adjustment of the threshold value <U for undervoltage
2
3 Indication of operational states
R/T: red LED – Relay status / timing
F1: yellow LED – Fault message
1 F2: yellow LED – Fault message

2 4 Adjustment of the threshold value Asym. for phase unbalance

5 Adjustment of the tripping delay Tv
6 DIP switches (see DIP switch functions on page 2/40)
3
A ON-delay
4 B OFF-delay
l Phase sequence monitoring deactivated
5 k Phase sequence monitoring activated
m Phase sequence correction activated
n Phase sequence correction deactivated
i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts

N-Range Housing

1 Adjustment of the hysteresis >U for overvoltage

2 Adjustment of the threshold value Asym. for phase unbalance
3 Indication of operational states
R/T: red LED – Relay status / timing
F1: yellow LED – Fault message
F2: yellow LED – Fault message

1 4 Adjustment of the tripping delay Tv

5 Adjustment of the hysteresis <U for undervoltage
2
6 DIP switches (see DIP switch functions on page 2/40)
A ON-delay
3 B OFF-delay
l Phase sequence monitoring deactivated
4 k Phase sequence monitoring activated
m Phase sequence correction activated
5 n Phase sequence correction deactivated
6 i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/30
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Selection table singlefunctional

2
1SVR 550 881 R9400
1SVR 550 882 R9500
1SVR 550 870 R9400
1SVR 550 871 R9500
1SVR 550 824 R9100
1SVR 730 824 R9300
1SVR 740 824 R9300
1SVR 730 784 R2300
1SVR 740 784 R2300
1SVR 730 784 R3300
1SVR 740 784 R3300
1SVR 730 794 R1300
1SVR 730 794 R3300
1SVR 740 794 R3300
1SVR 730 794 R2300
1SVR 740 794 R2300
1SVR 730 774 R1300
1SVR 740 774 R1300
1SVR 730 774 R3300
1SVR 740 774 R3300
Order number

CM-PSS.31S
CM-PSS.31P
CM-PSS.41S
CM-PSS.41P
CM-PVS.31S
CM-PVS.41S
CM-PVS.41P
CM-PVS.81S
CM-PVS.81P
CM-PAS.31S
CM-PAS.31P
CM-PAS.41S
CM-PAS.41P
CM-PFS.S
CM-PFS.P

Rated control supply

Type

CM-PBE
CM-PBE
CM-PVE
CM-PVE
CM-PFE

voltage Us

Phase to Phase
160-300 V AC J J J
200-400 V AC J J
200-500 V AC J J
208-440 V AC J
300-500 V AC J J J J
320-460 V AC J J
350-580 V AC
380 V AC J J
380-440 V AC J J
400 V AC J J
Phase to Neutral
185-265 V AC J
220-240 V AC J
Rated frequency
50/60 Hz J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Suitable for monitoring
Single-phase mains J J
Three-phase mains J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Monitoring function
Phase failure J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Phase sequence J J J sel sel sel sel sel sel sel sel sel J J J J
Automatic phase sequence correction
Overvoltage J J J J J J J J J J J
Undervoltage J J J J J J J J J J J
Unbalance J J J J
Neutral 1) J J
Thresholds fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Timing functions for tripping delay
ON delay fix fix sel sel sel sel
On and OFF delay fix fix fix fix fix adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Connection type
Push-in terminals J J J J J J
Double-chamber cage connection terminals J J J J J J J
1)
The external conductor voltage towards the neutral conductor is measured.
adj: adjustable
sel: selectable

2/31 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
Selection table multifunctional

2
1SVR 730 885 R1300
1SVR 740 885 R1300
1SVR 730 885 R3300
1SVR 740 885 R3300
1SVR 730 884 R1300

1SVR 740 884 R1300

1SVR 730 884 R3300

1SVR 740 884 R3300

1SVR 730 885 R4300

1SVR 740 885 R4300
1SVR 730 884 R4300
1SVR 740 884 R4300
1SVR 750 487 R8300
1SVR 760 487 R8300
1SVR 750 488 R8300
1SVR 760 488 R8300
1SVR 750 489 R8300
1SVR 760 489 R8300
Order number

CM-MPN.52S
CM-MPN.52P
CM-MPN.62S
CM-MPN.62P
CM-MPN.72S
CM-MPN.72P
CM-MPS.11S
CM-MPS.11P
CM-MPS.21S
CM-MPS.21P
CM-MPS.31S

CM-MPS.31P

CM-MPS.41S

CM-MPS.41P

CM-MPS.23S
CM-MPS.23P
CM-MPS.43S
Rated control supply CM-MPS.43P
Type

voltage Us

Phase to Phase
160-300 V AC J J
300-500 V AC J J J J
350-580 V AC J J
450-720 V AC J J
530-820 V AC J J
Phase to Neutral
90-170 V AC J J
180-280 V AC J J J J
Rated frequency
50/60 Hz J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
50/60/400 Hz J J J J
Suitable for monitoring
Single-phase mains J J J J J J
Three-phase mains J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Monitoring function
Phase failure J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Phase sequence sel sel sel sel sel sel sel sel adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Automatic phase sequence correction adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Overvoltage J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Undervoltage J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Unbalance J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Neutral 1) J2) J2) J2) J2) J2) J2)
Thresholds adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Timing functions for tripping delay
On and OFF delay adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Connection type
Push-in terminals J J J J J J J J J
Double-chamber cage connection terminals J J J J J J J J J
1)
The external conductor voltage towards the neutral conductor is measured. adj: adjustable
2)
Interrupted neutral monitoring sel: selectable

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/32
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Ordering details - Singlefunctional

Description
Only reliable and continuous monitoring of a three-phase network guarantees the trouble-free
and economic operation of machines and installations.
2 Ordering details
Rated control Monitoring Neutral Type Order code Price Weight
supply voltage = function moni- (1 pce)
measuring voltage toring 1 pce kg (lb)
3x380-440 V AC, n CM-PBE 1) 1SVR550881R9400 0.08 (0.17)
220-240 V AC Phase failure
detection
(Single- and
3x380-440 V AC three-phase) CM-PBE 1SVR550882R9500 0.08 (0.17)

3x320-460 V AC, Over- / under-

voltage and n CM-PVE 1) 1SVR550870R9400 0.08 (0.17)
185-265 V AC
phase failure
detection
(Single- and
2CDC 251 064 V0011

3x320-460 V AC CM-PVE 1SVR550871R9500 0.08 (0.17)

three-phase)
Phase
sequence
3x208-440 V AC monitoring and CM-PFE 2) 1SVR550824R9100 0.08 (0.17)
CM-PBE
phase failure
detection
(Three-phase)

Ordering details
Rated control Monitoring function Type Order code Price Weight
supply voltage = (1 pce)
measuring voltage 1 pce kg (lb)

CM-PFS.S 1SVR730824R9300 0.127 (0.280)

Phase sequence moni-
3x200-500 V AC toring and phase failure
detection (Three-phase)
CM-PFS.P 1SVR740824R9300 0.119 (0.262)

CM-PSS.31S 1SVR730784R2300 0.132 (0.291)

2CDC 251 064 V0011

3x380 V AC
Over- / undervoltage CM-PSS.31P 1SVR740784R2300 0.123 (0.271)
with fixed threshold
values ± 10 % CM-PSS.41S 1SVR740784R3300 0.132 (0.291)
3x400 V AC
CM-PSS.41P CM-PSS.41P 1SVR730784R3300 0.123 (0.271)

CM-PVS.31S 1SVR730794R1300 0.141 (0.311)

3x160-300 V AC
CM-PVS.31P 1SVR740794R1300 0.132 (0.291)

Over- and undervol- CM-PVS.41S 1SVR730794R3300 0.139 (0.306)

3x300-500 V AC tage with adjustable
threshold values (Three-
phase) CM-PVS.41P 1SVR740794R3300 0.131 (0.289)

CM-PVS.81S 1SVR730794R2300 0.136 (0.300)

3x200-400 V AC
CM-PVS.81P 1SVR740794R2300 0.128 (0.282)

CM-PAS.31S 1SVR730774R1300 0.133 (0.293)

3x160-300 V AC
CM-PAS.31P 1SVR740774R1300 0.124 (0.273)
Phase unbalance
2CDC 251 063 V0011

(Three-phase)
CM-PAS.41S 1SVR730774R3300 0.132 (0.291)
3x300-500 V AC
CM-PAS.41P 1SVR740774R3300 0.123 (0.271)

CM-PAS.31P
The version with neutral monitoring is also suitable for monitoring single-phase mains. For this, all three external conductors (L1,L2,L3)
1)

have to be jumpered and connected as one single conductor.

For applications where a reverse fed voltage >60% is expected, we recommend to use our three-phase monitoring relays for unbalance
2)

CM-PAS.xx
S: screw connection
P: push-in / easy connect

2/33 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
Ordering details - Multifunctional

Ordering details
Rated control DIP Monitoring Neutral Type Order code Price Weight
supply voltage switch function moni- (1 pce)
= measuring toring 1 pce kg (lb)
voltage
2
CM-MPS.11S 1SVR730885R1300 0.148 (0.326)
90-170 V AC
CM-MPS.11P 1SVR740885R1300 0.137 (0.302)
Multifunctional n
(Three-phase CM-MPS.21S 1SVR730885R3300 0.146 (0.322)
phase failure
180-280 V AC detection,
A Phase CM-MPS.21P 1SVR740885R3300 0.135 (0.298)
B
2CDC 251 065 V0011

k sequence
l monitoring, CM-MPS.31S 1SVR730884R1300 0.142 (0.313)
3x160-300 V AC overvoltage,
undervoltage,
Phase unba- CM-MPS.31P 1SVR740884R1300 0.133 (0.293)
lance)
CM-MPS.23P CM-MPS.41S 1SVR730884R3300 0.140 (0.309)
3x300-500 V AC
CM-MPS.41P 1SVR740884R3300 0.132 (0.291)

CM-MPS.23S 1SVR730885R4300 0.149 (0.328)

A
180-280 V AC B n
k CM-MPS.23P 1SVR740885R4300 0.138 (0.304)
l
m
n CM-MPS.43S 1SVR730884R4300 0.148 (0.327)
i Multifunctional
3x300-500 V AC (Three-phase
j
phase failure CM-MPS.43P 1SVR740884R4300 0.137 (0.302)
detection,
Phase
sequence CM-MPN.52S 1SVR750487R8300 0.230 (0.507)
3x350-580 V AC monitoring,
A overvoltage, CM-MPN.52P 1SVR760487R8300 0.226 (0.498)
B undervoltage,
k Phase unba- CM-MPN.62S 1SVR750488R8300 0.229 (0.505)
lance)
2CDC 251 062 V0011

3x450-720 V AC l
m
n CM-MPN.62P 1SVR760488R8300 0.225 (0.496)
i
j CM-MPN.72S 1SVR750489R8300 0.224 (0.494)
3x530-820 V AC
CM-MPN.52P
CM-MPN.72P 1SVR760489R8300 0.220 (0.485)

S: screw connection
P: push-in / easy connect
A ON-delayed
B OFF-delayed
k Phase sequence
monitoring activated
l Phase sequence
monitoring deactivated
m Phase sequence
correction activated
n Phase sequence
correction deactivated
i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contacts
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/34
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Function diagrams

Function diagrams - Phase failure detection CM-PBE

If all phases (and the neutral) are present, the output relay energizes
L1, L2, L3, N
after the start-up delay ts is complete. If a phase ­failure occurs, the

2CDC 252 045 F0203

Measuring value
L1, L2, L3, N L1, L2, N L1, L2, L3, N L2, L3, N L1, L2, L3, N L1, L2 L1, L2, L3, N tripping delay tv starts. When timing is complete, the output relay de-
with L3
energizes. As soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range,
2 timing of ts starts. When timing is complete, the ­output relay re-ener-
L3 L1 N
neutral t t <t t <t
s v s s v
gizes automatically. The yellow LED glows when the output relay is
13-14
energized.
R: yellow LED
ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms
tv = Tripping delay fixed 150 ms

L1, L2, L3

2CDC 252 046 F0203

Measuring value
L1, L2, L3 L1, L2 L1, L2, L3 L1, L2 L1, L2, L3 L1, L2 L1, L2, L3

without L3 L3 L3
t t <t t <t
neutral s v s s v

13-14
R: yellow LED
ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms
tv = Tripping delay fixed 150 ms

Function diagrams - Phase failure under- / overvoltage detection CM-PVE

L1, L2, L3, N
If all phases (and the neutral) are present with correct voltage, the
2CDC 252 047 F0203

Umax
output relay energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete. If the
with Umax - 5 % voltage exceeds or falls below the fixed threshold value or if a phase
neutral Measuring value failure occurs, the tripping delay tv starts. When timing is complete,
Umin + 5 % the output relay de-energizes. As soon as the voltage returns to the
Umin
ts tv <ts ts <tv tv ts
tolerance range, timing of ts starts. When timing is complete, the out-
13-14
put relay re-energizes automatically. The yellow LED glows when the
output relay is energized.
R: yellow LED
L1, L2, L3 ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms
2CDC 252 048 F0203

tv = Tripping delay fixed 500 ms

Umax
without Umax - 5 %
neutral Measuring value
Umin + 5 %
Umin
ts tv <ts ts <tv tv ts
13-14

R: yellow LED
ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms
tv = Tripping delay fixed 500 ms

Function diagram - Phase failure detection, phase sequence monitoring CM-PFE

If all phases are present with the correct phase sequence, the output
relay energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete. If a phase fai-
lure or a phase sequence error occurs, the tripping delay tv starts.
L1, L2, L3 When timing is complete, the output relay de-energizes. The yellow
2CDC 252 061 F0208

Measuring value
L1, L2, L3 L1, L3, L2 L1, L2, L3 L1, L2 L1, L2, L3
LED glows when the output relay is energized.
t
s
t
v
t
s
t
v
L3 t
s In case of motors which continue running with only two phases, the
11-14 CM-PFE detects phase failure if the reverse fed voltage is less than
11-12 60 % of the originally applied voltage.
R: yellow LED
ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms
tv = Tripping delay fixed 500 ms

Function diagram - Phase failure detection, phase sequence monitoring CM-PFS

If all phases are present with the correct phase sequence, the output
L1, L2, L3 relay energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete. If a phase fai-
2CDC 252 013 F0208

Measuring value lure or a phase sequence error occurs, the output relay de-energizes
t
L1, L2, L3 L1, L3, L2 L1, L2, L3 L1, L2

L3
L1, L2, L3 L1

L2, L3
L1, L2, L3
­instantaneous. The yellow LED glows when the output relay is
s
energized.
11-14
11-12 In case of motors which continue running with only two phases, the
21-24 CM-PFS detects phase failure if the reverse fed voltage is less than
21-22
60 % of the originally applied voltage.
R: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 500 ms

ATTENTION
If several CM-PFS units are placed side by side and the control supply voltage is higher
than 415 V, spacing of at least 10 mm has to be kept between the individual units.

2/35 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
Function diagrams

CM-PSS.xx, CM-PVS.xx, CM.PAS.xx, CM-MPS.xx, CM-MPN.xx CM-MPS.11, CM-MPS.21, CM-MPS.23

Phase sequence monitoring and phase failure detection Interrupted neutral monitoring
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS. When The interruption of the neutral in the main to be monitored is detected
tS is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage, the out- by means of phase unbalance evaluation.
put relays energize and the yellow LED R/T glows. Determined by the system, in case of unloaded neutral, i.e. ­symmetrical
Phase sequence monitoring
load between all three phases, it may happen that an interruption of the
neutral will not be detected.
2
If phase sequence monitoring is activated, the output relays de-­ If the star point is displaced by asymmetrical load in the three-phase
energize as soon as a phase sequence error occurs. The fault is main, an interrupted neutral will be detected.
displayed by alternated flashing of the LEDs F1 and F2. The output
relays re-energize automatically as soon as the phase sequence is cor-
rect again.

Phase failure detection

Displacement of the star point
The output relays de-energize instantaneous if a phase failure ­occurs.
The fault is indicated by lightning of LED F1 and flashing of LED F2. The
output relays re-energize automatically as soon as the voltage returns
to the tolerance range.

L1, L2, L3
2CDC 252 094 F0207

Measuring value L1, L2, L3 L1, L3, L2 L1, L2, L3 L1, L2 L1, L2, L3 L1 L1, L2, L3

t L3 L2, L3
s

15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26

F1: red LED

F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms

CM-MPS.x3, CM-MPN.x2

2CDC 252 086 F0b07

L1
L2
Automatic phase sequence correction L3
This function can be selected only if phase sequence monitoring is acti-
vated k and operating mode 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact j is selected.
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS1. K1
15
When tS1 is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage, 18
output relay R1 energizes. Output relay R2 energizes when the fixed 16

start-up delay tS2 is complete and all phases are present with correct
phase sequence. Output relay R2 remains de-energized if the phase
sequence is incorrect.
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set threshold 25
K1
values for phase unbalance, over- or undervoltage or if a phase failure 28 26
occurs, output relay R1 de-energizes and the LEDs F1 and F2 indicate
the fault. A1 A1
K1 K2 K3 H1
Output relay R2 is responsive only to a false phase sequence. In con- A2 A2
junction with a reversing contactor combination, this enables an N
automatic correction of the rotation direction. See circuit diagrams on
the right. Control circuit diagram (K1 = CM-MPS.xx or CM-MPN.xx)
2CDC 252 087 F0b07

L1 L2 L3

1 3 5
-F1
2 4 6

L1, L2, L3
2CDC 252 085 F0207

1 3 5 1 3 5
Measuring value
-K2 2 4 6
-K3 2 4 6
L1, L2, L3 L1, L2 L1, L2, L3 L1, L3, L2
t L3 t
S1 S1
t t
S2 S2
15-18
15-16
1 5 4 97 95
25-28
25-26 -F2 98 96
3 2 6
F1: red LED
-M1
F2: red LED
W1
R/T: yellow LED
V1 M
tS1 = start-up delay of R1 fixed 250 ms U1 3~
tS2 = start-up delay of R2 fixed 200 ms

Power circuit diagram

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/36
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Function diagrams

CM-PSS.xx1), CM-PVS.xx2), CM-MPS.xx2), CM-MPN.xx2)

Over- and undervoltage monitoring j
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS. When ON-delay A, 1x2 c/o contacts j
tS is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage and with
correct phase sequence, the output relays energize and the yellow LED L1, L2, L3

2CDC 252 090 F0207

2 R/T glows. >U
>U-5%

Type of tripping delay = ON-delay Measuring value

<U+5%
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the fixed1) or set2) <U
threshold value, the output relays de-energize after the set tripping ts tv <tv tv
delay tV is complete. The LED R/T flashes during timing and turns off as 15-18
15-16
soon as the output relays de-energize.
25-28
The output relays re-energize automatically as soon as the voltage 25-26

returns to the tolerance range, taking into account a fixed hysteresis of F1: red LED
5 % and the LED R/T glows. F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
Type of tripping delay = OFF-delay ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the fixed1) or set2)
threshold value, the output relays de-energize instantaneously and the
LED R/T turns off.
OFF-delay B, 1x2 c/o contacts j
As soon as the voltage returns to the ­tolerance range, taking into
account a fixed hysteresis of 5 %, the output relays re-energize
L1, L2, L3
­automatically after the set tripping delay tV is complete. The LED R/T

2CDC 252 091 F0207

flashes during timing and turns steady when timing is ­complete. >U
>U-5%

Measuring value
<U+5%
<U
ts tv <tv <tv
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26

F1: red LED

F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay

CM-MPS.x3, CM-MPN.x2
Over- and undervoltage monitoring i
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS. When ON-delay A, 2x1 c/o contact i
tS is complete and all phases are present with correct ­voltage and with
correct phase sequence, the output relays energize. The yellow LED L1, L2, L3

2CDC 252 006 F0207

R/T glows as long as at least one output relay is ­energized. >U
>U-5%

Type of tripping delay = ON-delay Measuring value

<U+5%
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set threshold <U
value, output relay R1 (overvoltage) or output relay R2 ­(undervoltage) ts tv <tv tv
de-energizes after the set tripping delay tV is ­complete. The LED R/T 15-18
15-16
flashes during timing.
25-28
The corresponding output relay re-energizes automatically as soon as 25-26

the voltage returns to the tolerance range, taking into ­account a fixed F1: red LED
hysteresis of 5 %. F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
Type of tripping delay = OFF-delay ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set threshold
value, output relay R1 (overvoltage) or output relay R2 ­(undervoltage)
de-energizes instantaneously.
OFF-delay B, 2x1 c/o contact i
As soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range, taking into
­account a fixed hysteresis of 5 %, the corresponding output relay re- L1, L2, L3
2CDC 252 007 F0207

energizes automatically after the set tripping delay tV is complete. The >U
LED R/T flashes during timing. >U-5%

Measuring value
<U+5%
<U
ts tv <tv <tv
15-18
15-16

25-28
25-26
F1: red LED
F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay

2/37 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
Function diagrams

CM-PAS.xx, CM-MPS.xx, CM-MPN.xx

Phase unbalance monitoring
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS. When tS ON-delay A
is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage and with cor-
rect phase sequence, the output relays energize and the yellow LED R/T L1, L2, L3

2CDC 252 092 F0207

glows. Unbalance
Unbalance - Hysteresis
L3
2
Type of tripping delay = ON-delay Measuring value
L1, L2, L3 L1, L2
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set phase unba- Unbalance + Hysteresis
lance threshold value, the output relays de-energize after the set tripping Unbalance
ts tv <tv tv
delay tV is ­complete. The LED R/T flashes during timing and turns off as 15-18
soon as the output relays de-energize. 15-16

The output relays re-energize automatically as soon as the voltage ­returns 25-28
25-26
to the tolerance range, taking into account a fixed hysteresis of 20 % and F1: red LED
the LED R/T glows. F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay

Type of tripping delay = OFF-delay

OFF-delay B
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set phase unba-
lance threshold value, the output relays de-energize ­instantaneously and L1, L2, L3

2CDC 252 093 F0207

the LED R/T turns off. Unbalance
L3
As soon as the voltage r­eturns to the ­tolerance range, taking into account Unbalance - Hysteresis

a fixed hysteresis of 20 %, the output relays re-energize automatically ­after Measuring value
L1, L2, L3 L1, L2
the set tripping delay tV is ­complete. The LED R/T flashes during timing Unbalance + Hysteresis

and turns steady when timing is ­complete. Unbalance

ts tv <tv <tv
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26

F1: red LED

F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay

CM-PSS.xx, CM-PSV.xx, CM-PAS.xx, CM-MPS.xx, CM-MPN.xx CM-PSS.xx, CM-PSV.xx, CM-PAS.xx, CM-MPS.xx, CM-MPN.xx
LED functions Type of tripping delay
The type of tripping delay A / B can be adjusted via a rotary
Function R/T: F1: F2: (CM-PxS.xx) or a DIP switch (CM-MPx.xx).
yellow LED red LED red LED
Switch position ON-delay A:
Control supply voltage applied, In case of a fault, the de-energizing of the output relays and the respective
V - -
output relay energized fault message are suppressed for the adjusted tripping delay tV.
Tripping delay tV active W - -
Switch position OFF-delay B:
Phase failure - V W In case of a fault, the output relays de-energize instantaneously and a fault
Phase sequence - message is displayed and stored for the length of the adjusted tripping
W alternating delay tV. Thereby, also momentary undervoltage conditions are
Overvoltage - V - recognized.
Undervoltage - - V
Phase unbalance - V V
Interruption of the neutral - V W
Adjustment error 1) W W W

1)
Possible misadjustments of the front-face operating controls:
Overlapping of the threshold values: An overlapping of the threshold values
is given, if the threshold value for overvoltage is set to a smaller value than
the threshold value for ­undervoltage.
DIP switch 3 = OFF and DIP switch 4 = ON: Automatic phase sequence
­correction is activated and selected operating mode is 1x2 c/o contacts
DIP switch 2 and 4 = ON: Phase sequence detection is deactivated and
the automatic phase sequence correction is actived

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/38
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Connection diagrams

Connection diagrams Connection diagram Connection diagram

CM-PBE, CM-PVE CM-PVS.x1, CM-PSS.x1, CM-PAS.x1 CM-PFS

with neutral without neutral L1 L3

2CDC 252 037 F0b08

L2

2CDC 252 037 F0b08

1SVC 110 000 F 0118

1SVC 110 000 F 0112

1SVC 110 000 F 0113

2 L1 L2 L3 15 25

16 18 26 28
26 25 28
16 15 18
L1, L2, L3 Control supply voltage =
measuring voltage L1-L2-L3 Control supply voltage =
L1, L2, L3, (N) Control supply voltage = Measuring voltage
Measuring voltage 15-16/18 Output contacts -
25-26/28 closed-circuit principle 1115-1216 /1418, Output contact -
13-14 Output contact - 2125-2226/2428 Closed-circuit principle
closed-circuit principle

Connection diagram Connection diagram Connection diagram

CM-PFE CM-MPN.x2 CM-MPS.x1
2CDC 252 038 F0b08

L1 L3

2CDC 252 036 F0b08

L2
2CDC 252 038 F0b08

2CDC 252 036 F0b08

2CDC 252 037 F0b08

L1 L3

2CDC 252 037 F0b08

L2
1SVC 110 000 F0117

L1 L2 L3 N
L1 L2 L3 15 25 L1 L2 L3 15 25 L1 L2 L3 15 25

16 18 26 28 N 16 18 26 28 16 18 26 28
26 25 28 26 25 28
16 15 18 26 25 28 16 15 18 16 15 18
L1, L2, L3 Control supply voltage =
L1-L2-L3 Control supply voltage = L1, L2, L3, (N) Control supply voltage =
measuring voltage
Measuring voltage measuring voltage
15-16/18 Output contacts -
11-12/14 Output contact 15-16/18 Output contacts -
25-26/28 closed-circuit principle
Closed-circuit principle 25-26/28 closed-circuit principle

Connection diagram CM-MPS.x3

L1 L3 L1 L3
2CDC 252 036 F0b08

2CDC 252 037 F0b08

L2 L2
2CDC 252 036 F0b08

2CDC 252 037 F0b08

N
L1 L2 L3 15 25 L1 L2 L3 15 25

N 16 18 26 28 16 18 26 28
26 25 28 26 25 28
16 15 18 16 15 18
L1, L2, L3, (N) Control supply voltage =
measuring voltage
15-16/18 Output contacts -
25-26/28 closed-circuit principle

2/39 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
DIP switches, Rotary switches

Rotary switch "Function" CM-PVS Rotary switch "Function" CM-PSS

ON-delay ON-delay
with phase sequence monitoring with phase sequence monitoring

OFF-delay OFF-delay
with phase sequence monitoring with phase sequence monitoring 2
ON-delay ON-delay
without phase sequence monitoring without phase sequence monitoring

OFF-delay OFF-delay
without phase sequence monitoring without phase sequence monitoring

DIP switch functions DIP switch functions

CM-MPS.x3 and CM-MPN.x2 CM-MPS.x1

2CDC 252 040 F0b08

Position 2 1

040 F0b08
2CDC 252 041 F0b08

Position 4 3 2 1
041 F0b08

ON
ON

OFF
2CDC 252

OFF
2CDC 252

1 Timing function 2 Phase sequence monitoring

ON ON-delayed ON deactivated
OFF OFF-delayed OFF activated
1 Timing function 2 Phase sequence monitoring
ON ON-delayed ON deactivated
OFF OFF-delayed OFF activated

3 Operating principle of output 4 Phase sequence correction

ON 2x1 c/o contact ON activated
OFF 1x2 c/o contacts OFF deactivated
1)
Output relay R1 is responsive to overvoltage, output relay R2 is responsive to
undervoltage. In case of other faults, both output relays react synchronously.

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/40
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data

Type CM-PBE 1)
CM-PBE CM-PVE 1)
CM-PVE CM-PFE CM-PFS
Supply circuit = measuring circuit L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3
Rated control supply voltage US = measuring voltage 3x380- 3x380- 3x320- 3x320- 3x208- 3x200-
440 V AC, 440 V AC 460 V AC, 460 V AC 440 V AC 500 V AC
220-240 V C 185-265 V AC
2 Power consumption approx. 15 VA
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15...+15 % -15...+10 % -10...+10 % -15...+10 %
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz (-10...+10 %) 50/60 Hz
Duty time 100 %
Measuring circuit L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3
Monitoring functions phase failure J J J J J J
phase sequence - - - - J J
over- / undervoltage - - J J - -
neutral J - J - - -
Measuring ranges 3x380- 3x380- 3x320- 3x320- 3x208- 3x200-
440 V AC, 440 V AC 460 V AC, 460 V AC 440 V AC 500 V AC
220-240 V AC 185-265 V AC
Thresholds Umin 0.6 x UN fixed fixed 0.6 x U N
185 V / 320 V 320 V
Umax fixed fixed
265 V / 460 V 460 V
Hysteresis related to the threshold value fixed 5 % fixed 5 % -
(release value = 0.65 x U N)
Measuring voltage frequency 50/60 Hz (-10 %...+10 %) 50/60 Hz
Response time 40 ms 80 ms 500 ms
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance - U m 0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range - U m 0.06 % / °C
Timing circuit
Start-up delay tS fixed 500 ms (w20 %) fixed 500 ms
Tripping tV fixed 150 ms at over-/ undervoltage fixed 500 ms -
(w20 %) fixed 500 ms (w20 %)
Indication of operational states
Relay status R: yellow LED V Output relay energized
Fault message F: red LED Only CM-PFS: V Phase failure / V Phase sequence error
11(15)-12(16)
Output circuits 13-14 11-12/14 / 14(18),
21(25)-22(26)
/ 24(28)
Kind of output 1 n/o contact 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts
Operating principle closed-circuit principle 2)

Contact material AgCdO AgNi allow,

Cd free
Rated operational voltage Ue  IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V 250 V AC
Minimum switching voltage / Minimum switching current -/-
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DC
Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve n/c contact 10 A fast-acting 6 A fast-
short-circuit protection acting
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300, CM-PFS: B300, pilot duty general purpose (250 V, 4 A, cos phi 0.75)
(UL 508)
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5 A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA

1)
Device with neutral monitoring: The external conductor voltage towards the neutral conductor is measured.
2)
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

2/41 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data

Type CM-PBE 1)
CM-PBE CM-PVE 1)
CM-PVE CM-PFE CM-PFS
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 78 x 78.5 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.09 in)
CM-PFS: 22.5 x 78 x 100 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
Weight see data sheet
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) 2
Mounting position any
Degree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG) 2 x 0.75-
2.5 mm²
fine-strand without wire end ferrule 2 x 1-1.5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG) (2 x 8-14 AWG)
rigid 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG) 2 x 0.5-4 mm²
(2 x 20-12 AWG)
Stripping length 10 mm (0.39 in) 7 mm
(0.28 in)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm
Environmental data
Ambient temperature range operation / storage -20..+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30) 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h -
Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6) 6g -
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 10 g -
Climatic category IEC/EN 60721-3-3 - 3K3
Damp heat, cyclic IEC/EN 60068-2-30 CM-PFS: 6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Vibration, sinusoidal IEC/EN 60255-21-1 - Class 2
Shock IEC/EN 60255-21-2 - Class 2
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage Ui between supply, measu- 400 V -
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1) ring and output circuits
supply circuit / - 600 V
output circuit
output circuit 1 / - 300 V
output circuit 2
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs -
between all isolated circuits
(VDE 0110, IEC 664) supply circuit / output circuit - 6 kV
output circuit 1 / - 4 kV
output circuit 2
Basic insulation for rated control supply supply circuit / output circuit - 600 V AC
voltage (IEC/EN 60664-1)
Protective seperation supply circuit / output circuit - n/a
(IEC/EN 61140, EN 50178)
Test voltage (routine test) 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min. -
supply circuit / - 2.5 kV, 50
output circuit Hz, 1 min.
output circuit 1 / - 2.5 kV, 50
output circuit 2 Hz, 1 min.
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1) 3
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1) III
Standards
Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6, CM-PFS: IEC/60255-1:2010
Other standards CM-PFS: EN 50178, IEC/EN 60204
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
RoHS Directive CM-PFS: 2002/95/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to EN 61000-6-2, CM-PFS: EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 - 6 kV/ 8 kV
radiated, radio-frequency, electromag- IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 - 10 V/m (1 GHz) / 3 V/m (2 GHz) / 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
netic field
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 - 2 kV / 5 kHz
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 - 2 kVL-L
conducted disturbances, induced by IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 - 10 V
radio-frequency fields
voltage dips, short interruptions and IEC/EN 61000-4-11 - Class 3
voltage variations
harmonics and interharmonics IEC/EN 61000-4-13 - Class 3
Interference emission EN 61000-6-4, CM-PFS:
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
1)
Device with neutral monitoring: The external conductor voltage towards the neutral conductor is measured.

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/42
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data

Type CM-PSS.31 CM-PSS.41 CM-PVS.31 CM-PVS.41 CM-PVS.81 CM-PAS.31 CM-PAS.41

Input circuit = Measuring circuit L1, L2, L3
Rated control supply voltage US = measuring voltage 3x160- 3x300- 3x200- 3x160- 3x300-
3x380 V AC 3x400 V AC 300 V AC 500 V AC 400 V AC 300 V AC 500 V AC
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15...+10 %
2 Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Frequency range 45-65 Hz
Typical current / power consumption 25 mA / 25 mA / 25 mA / 25 mA / 19 mA / 25 mA / 25 mA /
18 VA 18 VA 10 VA 18 VA 10 VA 10 VA 18 VA
(380 V AC) (400 V AC) (230 V AC) (400 V AC) (300 V AC) (230 V AC) (400 V AC)
Measuring circuit L1, L2, L3
Monitoring functions Phase failure J J J J J J J
Phase sequence can be switched off J J
Automatic phase sequence
correction - - - - - - -
Over- / undervoltage J J J J J - -
Phase unbalance - - - - - J J
Neutral - - - - - - -
Measuring range Overvoltage 3x220- 3x420- 3x300-
3x418 V AC 3x440 V AC - -
300 V AC 500 V AC 400 V AC
Undervoltage 3x160- 3x300- 3x210-
3x342 V AC 3x360 V AC - -
230 V AC 380 V AC 300 V AC
Phase
- - - - - 2-25 % of average
unbalance of phase voltages
Thresholds Overvoltage fixed adjustable within measuring range - -
Undervoltage fixed adjustable within measuring range - -
Phase unbalance (switch-off value) - - - - - adjust. within meas. range
Hysteresis related to the Over- / undervoltage fixed 5 % -
threshold value Phase unbalance - - - - - fixed 20 %
Rated frequency of the measuring signal 50/60 Hz
Frequency range of the measuring signal 45-65 Hz
Maximum measuring cycle time 100 ms
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance U  0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range U  0.06 % / °C
Measuring method True RMS
Timing circuit
Start-up delay tS fixed 200 ms
Tripping delay tV ON- or OFF-delay ON- delay
0; 0.1-30 s adjustable 0; 0.1-30 s adjustable
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) - - - -  w 0.2 % - -
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance t  0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range t  0.06 % / °C
Indication of operational states 1 yellow LED, 2 red LED's
Details see function Details see operating mode and function Details see function
description / -diagrams description / -diagrams description / -diagrams
Output circuits 15-16/18, 25-26/28
Kind of output relay, 2 x 1 c/o contact
Operating principle closed-circuit principle 1)

Contact material AgNi alloy, Cd free

Rated operational voltage Ue  IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V
Minimum switching power 24 V / 10 mA
Maximum switching voltage see load limit curve

Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value
1)

2/43 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data

Type CM-PSS.31 CM-PSS.41 CM-PVS.31 CM-PVS.41 CM-PVS.81 CM-PAS.31 CM-PAS.41

Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category
(Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300 2
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal
current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent
power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short- n/c contact 6 A fast-acting
circuit protection n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
General data
MTBF on request
Duty time 100%
Dimensions (W x H x D) product dimensions 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
packaging dimensions 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight depending on device, see ordering details
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715),
snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units vertical / horizontal not necessary / not necessary
Material of housing UL 94 V-0
Degree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Wire size
Screw connection technology Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
Stripping length 8 mm (0.32 in)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in) -

Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges operation / storage -25...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30) 55 °C, 6 cycles
Climatic category 3K3
Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 2
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2) Class 2
Isolation data
Rated insulation input circuit / output circuit 600 V
voltage Ui output circuit 1 / output circuit 2 300 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage input circuit 6 kV; 1.2/50 µs
Uimp (VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664) output circuit 4 kV; 1.2/50 µs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits (routine test) 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Basic insulation input circuit / output circuit 600 V
Protective separation (VDE 0106 input circuit /
part 101 and 101/A, IEC/EN 1140) output circuit -
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664) 3
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 60664) III
Standards
Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6, EN 50178
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
RoHS directive 2002/95/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, elec- IEC/EN 61000-4-3
tromagnetic field Level 3 (10 V/m)
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 2 kHz)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
conducted disturbances,induced IEC/EN 61000-4-6
by radio-frequency fields Level 3 (10 V)
Interference emission Class 3
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/44
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data

Type CM-MPS.11 CM-MPS.21 CM-MPS.31 CM-MPS.41

Input circuit = Measuring circuit L1, L2, L3, N L1, L2, L3
Rated control supply voltage US = measuring voltage 3x90-170 V AC 3x180-280 V AC 3x160-300 V AC 3x300-500 V AC
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15...+10 %

2 Rated frequency
Frequency range
50/60 Hz
45-65 Hz
Typical current / power consumption 25 mA / 10 VA 25 mA / 18 VA 25 mA / 10 VA 25 mA / 18 VA
(115 V AC) (230 V AC) (230 V AC) (400 V AC)
Measuring circuit L1, L2, L3, N L1, L2, L3
Monitoring functions Phase failure J J J J
Phase sequence can be switched off
Automatic phase sequence correction - - - -
Over- / undervoltage J J J J
Phase unbalance J J J J
Interrupted neutral J J - -
Measuring range Overvoltage 3x120-170 V AC 3x240-280 V AC 3x220-300 V AC 3x420-500 V AC
Undervoltage 3x90-130 V AC 3x180-220 V AC 3x160-230 V AC 3x300-380 V AC
Phase unbalance 2-25 % of average of phase voltages
Thresholds Overvoltage adjustable within measuring range
Undervoltage adjustable within measuring range
Phase unbalance (switch-off value) adjustable within measuring range
Hysteresis related to the Over- / undervoltage fixed 5 %
threshold value Phase unbalance fixed 20 %
Rated frequency of the measuring signal 50/60 Hz
Frequency range of the measuring signal 45-65 Hz
Maximum measuring cycle time 100 ms
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance U  0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range U  0.06 % / °C
Measuring method True RMS
Timing circuit
Start-up delay tS fixed 200 ms
Tripping delay tV ON- or OFF-delay 0; 0.1-30 s adjustable
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance t  0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range t  0.06 % / °C
Indication of operational states Details see function description / -diagrams
Output circuits 15-16/18, 25-26/28
Kind of output relay, 1 x 2 c/o contacts
Operating principle closed-circuit principle 1)
Contact material AgNi alloy, Cd free
Rated operational voltage Ue (IEC/EN 60947-1) 250 V
Minimum switching power 24 V / 10 mA
Maximum switching voltage see load limit curve
Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category B 300
(Control Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5 A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0,1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit n/c contact 6 A fast-acting
protection n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
1)
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value

2/45 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data

Type CM-MPS.11 CM-MPS.21 CM-MPS.31 CM-MPS.41

General data
MTBF on request
Duty time 100%
Dimensions (W x H x D) product dimensions 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in) 2
packaging dimensions 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight Screw connection technology Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
net weight depending on device, see ordering details
gross weight depending on device, see ordering details
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units vertical / horizontal not necessary / not necessary
Material of housing UL 94 V-0
Degree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Wire size Screw connection technology Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
Stripping length 8 mm (0.32 in)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in) -
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges operation / storage -25...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30) 55 °C, 6 cycles
Climatic category 3K3
Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 2
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2) Class 2
Isolation data
Rated insulation ­voltage Ui input circuit / output circuit 600 V
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2 300 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp input circuit 6 kV; 1.2/50 µs
(VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664)
output circuit 4 kV; 1.2/50 µs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits (routine test) 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Basic insulation input circuit / output circuit 600 V
Protective separation (VDE 0106 part 101 and input circuit / output circuit yes -
101/A, IEC/EN 61140)
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664) 3
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 60664) III
Standards
Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6, EN 50178
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
RoHS directive 2002/95/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 2 kHz)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
conducted disturbances, IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
induced by radio-frequency fields
harmonics and interharmonics IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
Interference emission EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/46
 Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data

Type CM-MPS.23 CM-MPS.43 CM-MPN.52 CM-MPN.62 CM-MPN.72

Input circuit = Measuring circuit L1, L2, L3, N L1, L2, L3
Rated control supply voltage US = measuring voltage 3x180-280 3x300-500 3x350-580 3x450-720 3x530-820
V AC V AC V AC V AC V AC
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15...+10 %
2 Rated frequency 50/60/400 Hz 50/60 Hz
Frequency range 45-440 Hz 45-65 Hz
Typical current / power consumption 5 mA / 4 VA 5 mA / 4 VA 29 mA / 41 VA 29 mA / 52 VA 29 mA / 59 VA
(230 V AC) (400 V AC) (480 V AC) (600 V AC) (690 V AC)
Measuring circuit L1, L2, L3, N L1, L2, L3
Monitoring functions Phase failure J J J J J
Phase sequence can be switched off
Automatic phase sequence correction configurable
Over- / undervoltage J J J J J
Phase unbalance J J J J J
Interrupted neutral J - - - -
Measuring range Overvoltage 3x240-280 3x420-500 3x480-580 3x600-720 3x690-820
V AC V AC V AC V AC V AC
Undervoltage 3x180-220 3x300-380 3x350-460 3x450-570 3x530-660
V AC V AC V AC V AC V AC
Phase unbalance 2-25 % of average of phase voltages
Thresholds Overvoltage adjustable within measuring range
Undervoltage adjustable within measuring range
Phase unbalance (switch-off value) adjustable within measuring range
Hysteresis related to the Over- / undervoltage fixed 5 %
threshold value Phase unbalance fixed 20 %
Rated frequency of the measuring signal 50/60/400 Hz 50/60 Hz
Frequency range of the measuring signal 45-440 Hz 45-65 Hz
Maximum measuring cycle time 100 ms
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance U  0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range U  0.06 % / °C
Measuring method True RMS
Timing circuit
Start-up delay tS and tS2 fixed 200 ms
Start-up delay tS1 fixed 250 ms
Tripping delay tV ON- or OFF-delay 0; 0.1-30 s adjustable
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance t  0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range t  0.06 % / °C
Indication of operational states Details see function description / -diagrams
Output circuits 15-16/18, 25-26/28
Kind of output relay, 2 x 1 or 1 x 2 c/o contacts configurable
Operating principle closed-circuit principle 1)
Contact material AgNi alloy, Cd free
Rated operational voltage Ue  IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V
Minimum switching power 24 V / 10 mA
Maximum switching voltage see load limit curve
Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0,1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve n/c contact 6 A fast-acting 10 A fast-acting
short-circuit protection n/o contact 10 A fast-acting

Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value
1)

2/47 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data

Type CM-MPS.23 CM-MPS.43 CM-MPN.52 CM-MPN.62 CM-MPN.72

General data
MTBF on request
Duty time 100%
Dimensions (W x H x D) product dimensions 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
packaging dimensions 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in) 2
Weight depending on device, see ordering details
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units vertical / horizontal not necessary / not necessary
Material of housing UL 94 V-0
Degree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Wire size Screw connection technology Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
Stripping length 8 mm (0.32 in)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in) -
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges operation / storage -25...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30) 55 °C, 6 cycles
Climatic category 3K3
Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 2
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2) Class 2
Isolation data
Rated insulation ­voltage Ui input circuit / output circuit 600 V 1000 V
output circuit 1 / 2 300 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp input circuit 6 kV; 1.2/50 µs 8 kV; 1.2/50 µs
(VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664) output circuit 4 kV; 1.2/50 µs
Test voltage (routine test) isolated output circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
between input circuit and isolated output circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s 4 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Basic insulation input circuit / output circuit 600 V 1000 V
Protective separation (VDE 0106 part 101 and input circuit / -
101/A, IEC/EN 61140) output circuit
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664) 3
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 60664) III
Standards
Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6, EN 50178
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
RoHS directive 2002/95/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 2 kHz)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-N) Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
conducted disturbances, induced by radio- IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
frequency fields
harmonics and interharmonics IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
Interference emission EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/48
 Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Product group picture

2/49 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Table of contents

Grid feeding monitoring relays - Voltage and frequency monitoring

functions
Product group picture 49
2
Table of contents 50
Benefits and advantages, applications 51
Operating controls - CM-UFD.Mxx 52
Operating controls - CM-UFS.1 53
Applications 54
Ordering and selection 55
Functional diagrams - CM-UFS.1 56
Connection diagrams 57
Technical data - CM-UFD.Mxx 58
Technical data - CM-UFS.1 63

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/50
 Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Benefits and advantages, Applications

Characteristics CM-UFD.M22 Characteristics CM-UFD.M21

 Monitoring of voltage and frequency in single- and three-phase mains  Monitoring of three-phase mains for grid feeding
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire  Type-tested in accordance with VDE AR-N 4105
2  Type tested in accordance to CEI 0-21  Two-channel measuring circuit and two processors to ensure single-
 Over- and undervoltage, 10 minutes average value as well as over- and fault tolerance
underfrequency monitoring  Over- and undervoltage, 10 minutes average value as well as over- and
 Two-level threshold settings for over-/undervoltage and frequency underfrequency monitoring
 ROCOF (rate of change of frequency) monitoring configurable  Two-level threshold settings for over-/undervoltage/-frequency configu-
 Integrated management of redundancy function (acc. rable according to ‘BDEW guideline for generating plants connected to
CEI 0-21, mandatory in plants with P>20 kW) the medium voltage grid’
 Measured values, thresholds and settings shown on the display  Vector shift detection configurable
 All threshold values adjustable as absolute values  Measured values, thresholds and settings shown on the display
 Default setting according to CEI 0-21  All threshold values adjustable as absolute values
 True RMS measuring principle  Default setting according to VDE AR-N 4105
 High measurement accuracy  True RMS measuring principle
 3 control inputs for remote trip, feedback signal, and external signal  2 control inputs for feedback signal of subsequent section switch
 Tripping delay for each threshold adjustable  Monitoring of subsequent section switch configurable
 Interrupted neutral detection  Tripping delay (0.05-130.00 s) for each single threshold adjustable
 Error memory for up to 99 entries (incl. cause of error, measured value,  Alarm memory for up to 99 entries (incl. cause of alarm, measured
relative timestamp) value, relative timestamp)
 Autotest function  Test function
 Password setting protection  Simulation mode
 3 c/o (SPDT) contacts  Code lock and mechanical sealing possible
 LEDs for the indication of operational states  5 digital outputs (transistor outputs) for signalling the cause of alarm to
a superior control system
 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
 105 mm (4.13 in) width
 LEDs for the indication of operational states
 Standby mode
 Optimized for use with generators
 Automatic restart after a failure in the feedback loop

Characteristics CM-UFS.1
 Monitoring of three-phase mains for grid feeding
 Type-tested in accordance with DIN V VDE V 0126-1-1: February 2006
 Neutral conductor connection configurable
 Can also be used to monitor single-phase mains
 Threshold value for the 10 minutes average value adjustable
(110-115% of Us)
 Start-up delay tS1 prior to first grid connection and after a short-term
interruption, 30 s fixed
 Restart delay tS2, 30 s fixed
 Powered by the measuring circuit
 True RMS measuring principle
 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
 3 LEDs for the indication of operational states

2/51 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Operating controls - CM-UFD.Mxx

CM-UFD.M21

2
3
2
4

1 5
7 6

11 8
9

10

1 Button Test 6 Indication of time

2 Indication of operational states Time: yellow LED - a time delay is displayed
7 Indication of device mode
Q1: red LED - overvoltage 8 Button Set / Reset ►
Q2: red LED - undervoltage 9 Button Up / Down ▲▼
Q3: red LED - overfrequency
Q4: red LED - underfrequency 10 Indication of operational states
Q5: red LED - error, if PR1 or PR2 activated 1) L1: yellow LED - kind of measured value
3 Dj: red LED - vector shift L2: yellow LED - kind of measured value
4 11: yellow LED - 1st c/o (SPDT) contact energized L3: yellow LED - kind of measured value
21: yellow LED - 2nd c/o (SPDT) contact energized N: yellow LED - kind of measured value
5 Display (4-digits) 11 Status indication of device locking and sealable lock button
Voltage, 10 minutes average value, frequency or vector shift value, alarm Red LED - device is locked
and error messages

1)
if PR3 or PR4 activated, 2nd threshold referring to LED Q1-Q4.

CM-UFD.M22

1 1 Display
R1 R2 R3 - relay status; in this case R3 is de-energized
FB - status feedback loop Y0-Y1; in this case FB is closed
EXT – status input external signal; in this case input is closed
2 REM – status remote trip input; in this case input is closed
2 Indication of operational states
U/T: green LED – supply voltage applied / flashing = timing active
F: red LED - failure
3 Keypad
3 ESC: escape / return to previous menu
^ : up / value increase
∨ : down / value decrease
OK: enter / confirm selection

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/52
 Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Operating controls - CM-UFS.1

CM-UFS.1

1 Adjustment of the threshold value for the 10 minutes average value

2 2 Indication of operational states
R/T: yellow LED - relay status, timing
F1: red LED - fault message
F2: red LED - fault message
3 Selection of neutral conductor, connected or not
4 Marker label

2/53 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Applications

Example of application - CM-UFD.M21 Example of application - CM-UFS

L1 L1

2CDC 252 022 F0209

2
L2 L2
L3 Low voltage grid L3
N
N Low voltage grid
where applicable,
a transformer

6 A

*)

A1 A2 11 21 L1 L2 L3 N

Coordination
L1 L2 L3 N 15 25
12 14 22 24 Y2 Y1 Y0 of short-circuit
Expansion of existing installation: CM-UFS.x protection,
<U< welding free
<f<
in series with A 16 18 26 28

A
K1 K1

in series with B
K1
B
K2 K2

K2
2CDC 252 013 F0212

2CDC 252 022 F0209

A B Optional use of n/o contacts, External May also be the inverter output. Inverter(s)
automatic recognition switch-off In this case, apply the signal of Generator(s)
Inverter(s) conditions relay R2 to the relevant input Power plant
*) For example, remote disconnection Generator(s)
via ripple control receiver Power plant

Example of single-phase application CM-UFD.M22 Example of three-phase application CM-UFD.M22

Contactor as DDI 1)
Contactor as DDI 1), breaker as DG 2t)

L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
N Low voltage grid N Low voltage grid

where applicable, where applicable,

a transformer a transformer

6 A 6 A

A1 A2 1115 2125 3135 L1 L2 L3 N A1 A2 1115 2125 3135 L1 L2 L3 N

     
1216 1418 2226 2428 3236 3438 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 1216 1418 2226 2428 3236 3438 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0

 DG 2)  DG 2)
K1 K1

  DDI 1)   DDI 1)
K2  CB1 U<
2CDC 252 004 F0213

2CDC 252 005 F0213

 M

 Feedback loop DDI  Feedback loop DDI

 Input external signal Inverter(s)  Input external signal Inverter(s)
Generator(s) Generator(s)
 Input remote trip / remote off Power plant  Input remote trip / remote off Power plant
 Switching device DG  Switching device DG
 Switching device DDI  Switching device DDI
 Undervoltage release DG breaker
 Motor drive for circuit breaker

1)
DDI acc. to CEI 0-21
2)
DG acc. to CEI 0-21

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/54
 Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Ordering and selection
Description
Only reliable and continuous monitoring of a three-phase network guarantees the trouble-free
and economic operation of machines and installations.
2
2CDC 251 003 S0012

Ordering details
Rated control supply voltage = Type Order code Price Weight
measuring voltage (1 pce)
1 pce kg (lb)
24-240 V AC/DC CM-UFD.M21 1SVR510730R0300 0.225
(0.496)
CM-UFD.M21 24-240 V AC/DC 0.283
CM-UFD.M22 1SVR560730R3400 (0.624)
3 x 400 V AC (L-L) / 230 V AC (L-N) CM-UFS.1 1SVR630736R0300 0.14
(0.31)

1SVR 560 730 R3400

2CDC 251 005 S0013

1SVR 510 730 R0300

1SVR 630 736 R0300

Order number
CM-UFD.M22 CM-UFD.M21
CM-UFD.M22
CM-UFS.1
Type

Rated control supply voltage Us

24-240 V AC/DC J J
2CDC 251 014 S0009

3 x 400 V AC (L-L) / 230 V AC (L-N) J

Rated frequency
DC and 50/60 Hz respectively J
50 Hz J
CM-UFS.1 DC or 50 Hz J
Suitable for monitoring
Single-phase mains J
Three-phase mains J J J
Monitoring function
Over-/undervoltage J J J
Over-/underfrequency J J J
ROCOF (rate of change of frequency) J
10 minutes average value J J J
Phase failure J
Vector shift J
Thresholds adj adj adj

2/55 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Function diagrams - CM-UFS.1

Function of the yellow LED Over- and underfrequency monitoring

The yellow LED is flashing during timing and turns steady as soon as Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS1. When
the output relays are energized. tS1 is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage and fre-
quency, the output relays energize.
2
If the frequency to be monitored exceeds or falls below the fixed threshold
Phase failure monitoring value, the output relays deenergize instantaneously. The fault type is indi-
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS1. cated by LEDs.
When tS1 is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage As soon as the frequency returns to the tolerance range, taking into
and frequency, the output relays energize. account a fixed hysteresis, the output relays re-energize after the fixed
They de-energize instantaneously if a phase failure occurs. The fault is restart delay tS2 is complete.
indicated by LEDs.
As soon as all 3 phases are present again, the output relays re-energize L1, L2, L3 (N)
automatically after the fixed restart delay tS2 is complete.

2CDC 252 020 F0209

>f
> f - Hyst.

Measuring value
L1, L2, L3 (N) 2CDC 252 018 F0209
< f + Hyst.
Measuring value <f
L1, L2, L3 L1, L2 L1, L2, L3 tS1 tS2 < tS2 < tS2
L3
tS1 tS2 15-18, 25-28
15-16, 25-26
15-18, 25-28
15-16, 25-26 F1: red LED
F1: red LED F2: red LED
F2: red LED R/T: yellow LED
R/T: yellow LED tS1 = Start-up delay prior to first grid connection and after a short-term interruption,
30 s fixed
tS1 = Start-up delay prior to first grid connection and after a short-term interruption, tS2 = Restart delay, 30 s fixed
30 s fixed
tS2 = Restart delay, 30 s fixed

Over- and undervoltage monitoring 10 minutes average value monitoring

Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS1. Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS1.
When tS1 is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage When tS1 is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage
and frequency, the output relays energize. and frequency, the output relays energize.
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the fixed threshold The voltages of the individual phases are measured over a period of 10
value, the output relays de-energize instantaneously. The fault type is minutes and the average value is calculated. If the 10 minutes average
indicated by LEDs. value of a phase exceeds the set threshold value, the output relays de-
As soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range, taking into energize instantaneously. The fault is indicated by LEDs.
account a fixed hysteresis of 5 %, the output relays re-energize after the As soon as the 10 minutes average value drops again below the set
fixed restart delay tS2 is complete. threshold value, the output relays reenergize instantaneously.

L1, L2, L3 (N)

2CDC 252 002 F0209

L1, L2, L3 (N) >U
2CDC 252 016 F0209

> U - Hyst.
>U
> U - Hyst. Measuring value
Measuring value
tS1
< U + Hyst.
<U
tS1 tS2 < tS2 < tS2 15-18, 25-28
15-16, 25-26
15-18, 25-28 F1: red LED
15-16, 25-26
F1: red LED F2: red LED

F2: red LED R/T: yellow LED

R/T: yellow LED tS1 = Start-up delay prior to first grid connection and after a short-term interruption,
tS1 = Start-up delay prior to first grid connection and after a short-term interruption,
30 s fixed
30 s fixed
tS2 = Restart delay, 30 s fixed

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/56
 Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Connection diagrams

Electrical connection - CM-UFS.1

L1 L3 L1, L2, L3, N Control supply voltage = Measuring voltage

2CDC 252 036 F0b08

L2
2 N 15-16/18
25-26/28
Output contacts -
closed-circuit principle
L1 L2 L3 15 25
2CDC 252 036 F0b08

N 16 18 26 28
26 25 28
16 15 18

Electrical connection - CM-UFD.M21

A1-A2 Control supply voltage

A1 A2 A2 VQ Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 12 11 14 22 21 24 L1, L2, L3, N Measuring input
2CDC 252 002 F0012

11-12/14 1st c/o (SPDT) contact

A1 A2 11 21 21-22/24 2nd c/o (SPDT) contact
Y0-Y1 1st input contact for feedback signal

U <, U>, U>>, f<, f>, ϕ Y0-Y2 2nd input contact for feedback signal
Dj1-Dj2 Vector shift detection
L1 L2 L3 N Jumper = vector shift detection disabled
12 14 22 24
VQ Supply voltage of digital outputs
Q1 Digital output for overvoltage
ϕ1 ϕ2 Y0 Y1 Y2 L1 L2 L3 N Q2 Digital output for undervoltage
Q3 Digital output for overfrequency
Q4 Digital output for underfrequency
Q5 Digital output for:
error, if PR1 or PR2 activated
if PR3 or PR4 activated, 2nd threshold referring to LED Q1-Q4

Electrical connection - CM-UFD.M22

2CDC 253 023 F0013

A1 A2 1115 2125 3135 L1 L2 L3 N A1-A2 Control supply voltage

Y0-Y1 Control input for feedback signal
Y0-Y2 Control input for external signal
Y0-Y3 Control input for remote trip
L1, L2, L3, N Measuring input
1115-1216/1418 1st c/o (SPDT) contact
1216 1418 2226 2428 3236 3438 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 2125-2226/2428 2nd c/o (SPDT) contact
3135-3236/3438 3rd c/o (SPDT) contact

2/57 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Technical data - CM-UFD.Mxx

Technical data
Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values, unless otherwise indicated
Type CM-UFD.M21 CM-UFD.M22
2
Input circuit - Supply circuit A1-A2
Rated control supply voltage Us 24-240 V AC/DC
Rated control supply voltage Us tolerance -15...+20 % -15…+10 %
Rated frequency DC and 50/60 Hz respectively DC or 50 Hz
Frequency range AC 40-70 Hz 40-60 Hz
Typical current / power consumption 24 V DC 92 mA / 2.2 W 64 mA / 1.5 W
230 V AC 25 mA / 5.7 VA 6.4 mA / 1.5 VA
Power failure buffering time 5 ms 200 ms, according to LVFRT
(Low Voltage Fault Ride Through)
Measuring circuit L1, L2, L3 (N) L1-N, L2-N, L3-N or L-L
Monitoring functions yes, can be switched off
over-/undervoltage U,,, U, / U_, U__ -
yes, can be switched off
over-/underfrequency F,,, F, / F_, F__ -
yes, can be switched off
10 minutes average value per phase UM -
yes, can be switched off
vector shift v5r -
overvoltage av. (59 S1)
- J
overvoltage (59 S2)
- J
undervoltage (27 S1)
- J
undervoltage (27 S2)
- J
overfrequency (81>S1)
- J
underfrequency (81<S1)
- J
overfrequency (81>S2)
- J
underfrequency (81<S2)
- J
ROCOF
- J configurable
Neutral
- J activated, if L-N
Measuring ranges over-/undervoltage U,,, U, / U_, U__ 10-310 V AC (L1, L2, L3, N) -
15-530 V AC (L1, L2, L3) -
- -
over-/underfrequency F,,, F, / F_, F__ 40-70 Hz -
vector shift v5r 0…+45° -
voltage (4-wire system L1, L2, L3-N) - 0-312 V AC
(3-wire system L1,L2,L3) - 0-540 V AC
(2-wire system L-N) - 0-312 V AC
frequency - 40-60 Hz
Threshold values over-/undervoltage, 10 minutes average value 15-300 V AC, adjustable in 0.1 -
U,,, U, / U_, U__, UM V steps (< 100 V) / in 1 V steps
(> 100 V) (L1, L2, L3, N)
15-520 V AC, adjustable in 0.1 -
V steps (< 100 V) / in 1 V steps
(> 100 V) (L1, L2, L3) -
over-/underfrequency F,,, F, / F_, F__ 45-65 Hz, adjustable in 0.01 -
Hz steps
vector shift v5r 2-20 °, adjustable in 0.1° steps -
overvoltage med. (59 S1) CM-UFD.M22: adjustable, 1.00-1.30 * Us in 0.01 * Us steps
overvoltage (59 S2) CM-UFD.M22: adjustable, 1.00-1.20 * Us in 0.01 * Us steps
undervoltage (27 S1) CM-UFD.M22: adjustable, 0.20-1.00 * Us in 0.01 * Us steps
undervoltage (27 S2) CM-UFD.M22: adjustable, 0.05-1.00 * Us in 0.01 * Us steps
overfrequency (81>S1) CM-UFD.M22: adjustable, 50-54 Hz in 0.1 Hz steps
underfrequency (81<S1) CM-UFD.M22: adjustable, 46-50 Hz in 0.1 Hz steps
overfrequency (81>S2) CM-UFD.M22: adjustable, 50-54 Hz in 0.1 Hz steps
underfrequency (81<S2) CM-UFD.M22: adjustable, 46-50 Hz in 0.1 Hz steps
ROCOF adjustable, 0.1-1 Hz/s, in 0.1 Hz/s steps
Hysteresis related to the threshold value over-/undervoltage, 1.0-99.9 V, adjustable in -
10 minutes average value 0.1 V steps
H,,, H, / H_, H__, HM
over-/underfrequency H,,, H, / H_, H__ 0.05-10.00 Hz, adjustable in -
0.05 Hz steps
Overvoltage - 0.95-0.97 * U s
Undervoltage - 1.03-1.05 * U s
Overfrequency - 0.997-0.999 * f n
underfrequency - 1.001-1.003 * f n
Accuracy of measurements voltage measurement L1,L2,L3,N ± 0.6 % of measured value -
voltage measurement L1,L2,L3 ± 0.8 % of measured value -
frequency measurement ± 0.04 Hz ± 1 digit -
Voltage - ≤2%
Frequency - ± 20 mHz
Delay times - ≤ 5 % ± 20 ms
Display accuracy > 100 V: ± 1 digit (1 V) -
< 100 V: ± 1 digit (0.1 V) -
Rated frequency of measuring signal 50/60 Hz 50 Hz
Frequency range of the measuring signal 40-70 Hz 40-60 Hz

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/58
 Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Technical data - CM-UFD.Mxx

Type CM-UFD.M21 CM-UFD.M22

Measuring principle True RMS
overvoltage U,,, U, < 65 ms adjustable, 0.05-600 s in 0.05
2 undervoltage U_, U__
overfrequency F,,, F,
< 65 ms
< 65 ms
steps, ±3 % ±20 ms

underfrequency F_, F__ < 65 ms

10 minutes average value per phase UM depending on the voltage jump -
vector shift v5r < 50 ms -
Measuring cycle at 50 Hz ROCOF - 640 ms
Reaction time neutral interruption - < 150 ms
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance ∆U ≤ 0.1 % -
Accuracy within the temperature range ∆U ≤ 0.15 % / °C ∆U ≤ 0.02 % / °C

Input circuit - Feedback circuits Y10-Y11, Y20-Y21, Y30-Y31 Y0, Y1, Y2, Y3
Number 2 3
Kind of inputs (Y0-Y1) feedback contact of section DDI feedback, trip and
switch 1 release monitoring times
adjustable
(Y0-Y2) feedback contact of section external signal
switch 2
(Y0-Y3) - remote trip
Electrical isolation from supply voltage yes
from the measuring circuit no
from the relay outputs yes
Type of triggering volt-free triggering
Max. switching current in the control circuit 4 mA 6 mA
Max. cable length at the control input 5m 10 m
No-load voltage at the control inputs < 35 V DC 22-26 V DC (V0-V1, V2, V3)
Feedback time section switch 0.5-99 s, adjustable in steps 20 ms
of 0.1 s
Control circuit vector shift detection (only CM-UFD.M21) D j 1-D j 2
Type of triggering volt-free triggering
Electrical isolation from the supply voltage yes
from the measuring circuit no
from the relay outputs yes
from the transistor outputs yes
Control input, control function jumpered = vector shift detection de-activated
open = vector shift detection activated (additional configuration
in the software is necessary)
Max. switching current in the control circuit 4 mA
Max. cable length at the control input 5m
No-load voltage at the control inputs < 35 V DC
Timing circuits CM-UFD.M21 CM-UFD.M22
Start-up delay (prior to first grid connection) see 'adjustable OFF-delay' d o f -
Start-up delay, R1 (prior to first grid connection or re-connection after interruption) - adjustable, 1.00-600.00 s in
0.05 s steps
Restart delay (after a short-term interruption <3 s) 5 s (fixed) -
Restart delay, R1 - adjustable, 0.05-600.00 s in
0.05 s steps
Start-up delay, R2 (prior to first grid connection or re-connection after interruption) - 1 s, fixed
ON-delay, R3 - adjustable, 0.00-10.00 s in
0.05 s steps
On-time, R3 - adjustable, 0.05-10.00 s in
0.05 s steps
Trip window, feedback loop Y1 - adjustable, 0.05-0.50 s in 0.05
s steps
Release window, feedback loop Y1 - adjustable, 0.05-10.00 s in
0.05 s steps
Tripping delay ON-and/or OFF-delay confi- adjustable, 0.05-600.00 s in
gurable 0.05 s steps
ROCOF error time - adjustable, 0.05-600.00 s in
0.05 s steps
Adjustment range of the ON-delay over-/undervoltage, over-/ 0.05-130.00 s, adjustable in -
underfrequency dAL 0.01 s steps
Tolerance of the ON-delay 0.1 % ± 5 ms -
Adjustment range of the OFF-delay over-/undervoltage, over-/ 0 (>200 ms)-999 s, adjustable -
underfrequency doF in 1 s steps
vector shift doF 3-240 s, adjustable in -
1 s steps
Tolerance of the OFF-delay 0.1 % ± 105 ms -
Delayed activation of the vector shift detection dEon 2-20 s, adjustable in 1 s steps -
(Delay is effective just once
after switching on or restart)
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance ∆t ≤ 0.01 % ∆t ≤ 0.5 % ± 20 ms
Accuracy within the temperature range ∆t ≤ 0.0001 % / °C ∆t ≤ 1 % ± 20 ms

2/59 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Technical data - CM-UFD.Mxx

Relay outputs
Kind of outputs 11-12/14 Relay, 1st c/o (SPDT) contact -
21-22/24 Relay, 2nd c/o (SPDT) contact -
2 x 1 c/o (SPDT) contact - 2
11-12/14 (15-16/18) - relay, 1st c/o (SPDT) contact,
trip delay for DDI
21-22/24 (25-26/28) - relay, 2nd c/o (SPDT) contact,
redundancy relay for DG
31-32/34 (35-36/38) - relay, 3rd c/o (SPDT) contact,
closing commander for breaker
motor, also sync. with relay 1
Operating principle 11-12/14 closed-circuit principle
21-22/24 - open- or closed-circuit
31-32/34 - principle configurable
Contact material AgNi AgNi allow, Cd free
Rated operational voltage Ue (IEC/EN 60947-1) 250 V AC
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current 12 V / 10 mA
Maximum switching voltage / maximum switching current 400 V AC / 6A see load limit curves
Rated operational current Ie(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC12 (resistive) 230 V 6A 4A
AC15 (inductive) 230 V 1.5 A 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 6A 4A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A 2A
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime at AC12, 230 V AC, 6 A 1 x 10 6 switching cycles 50 x 10³ switching cycles
Maximum fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c contact 6 A, operating class gG/gL 10 A fast tripping
n/o contact 6 A, operating class gG/gL 10 A fast tripping
Conventional thermal current Ith (IEC/EN 60947-1) 6A 5A

Transistor outputs (only CM-UFD.M21)

Number 5
Rated operational voltage Ue 24 V DC
Operational voltage range 4.5-27 V DC
Residual ripple 5%
Current state "0" max. 0.1 mA / output
state "1" max. 20 mA / output
Electrical isolation from the supply voltage yes
from the measuring circuit yes
from the relay outputs yes
from the inputs of the feedback yes
contacts
Maximum fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection 100 mA fast-acting
General data CM-UFD.M21 CM-UFD.M22
MTBF on request
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) - < ±0.5 %
Duty time 100%
Dimensions (W x H x D) product dimensions 105 x 90 x 69 mm 108 x 90 x 67 mm
(4.13 x 3.54 x 2.72 in) (4.25 x 3.54 x 2.64 in)
packaging dimensions 175 x 107 x 130 mm 121 x 99 x 71 mm
(6.89 x 4.21 x 5.12 in) (4.76 x 3.90 x 2.80 in)
Weight net weight 0.225 kg (0.496 lb) 0.283 kg (0.624 lb)
gross weight 0.343 kg (0.756 lb) 0.334 kg (0.736 lb)
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) TH 35-7.5 and
TH 35-15, snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units vertical not necessary
horizontal not necessary
Material of housing - PA666FR
Degree of protection housing / terminals IP30 / IP20 IP20
Electrical connection CM-UFD.M21 CM-UFD.M22
Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5 - 2.5 mm² 1 x 0.25-4 mm²
(1 x 20 - 14 AWG) (1 x 24-12 AWG),
2 x 0.25-0.75 mm²
(2 x 24-18 AWG)
fine-strand without wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5 - 2.5 mm² 1 x 0.2-4 mm²
(1 x 20 - 14 AWG) (1 x 24-12 AWG),
2 x 0.2-1.5 mm²
(2 x 24-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5 - 4 mm² (1 x 20 - 12 1 x 0.2-0.6 mm²
AWG) (1 x 24-10 AWG),
2 x 0.2-1.5 mm²
(2 x 24-16 AWG)
Stripping length 7 mm (0.28 in) 8 mm (0.314 in)
Tightening torque 0.5 Nm (4.42 lb.in) 0.5-0.6 Nm (4.4-5.3 lb.in)

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/60
 Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Technical data - CM-UFD.Mxx

Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage Ui (IEC/EN 60947-1, supply / measuring / output circuits 300 V 600 V
IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) output 1 / output 2 / output 3 300 V 300 V
2 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp supply / measuring / output circuits 4 kV 6 kV; 1.2/50 µs
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) output 1 / output 2 / output 3 4 kV 4 kV; 1.2/50 µs
Basic insulation acc. rated control supply voltage supply / measuring / output circuits 300 V 600 V
(IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) output 1 / output 2 / output 3 300 V 300 V
Protective seperation acc. rated voltage supply / measuring / output circuits - 250 V
(VDE 0106 part 101 and 101/A1; IEC/EN 61440) output 1 / output 2 / output 3 - 250 V
Test voltage, routine test supply / measuring / output circuits 3.82 kV DC 2.2 kV, 50 Hz, 1s
(IEC/EN 60255-5, IEC/EN 61010-1) output 1 / output 2 / output 3 3.82 kV DC 2.2 kV, 50 Hz, 1s
Test voltage, type test (CEI 0-21) supply / measuring / output circuits - 5 kV, 50 Hz, 1s
output 1 / output 2 / output 3 - 4 kV, 50 Hz, 1s
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) 2 3
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) II IV
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges operation -20...+55 °C -20...+60 °C
storage -20…+70 °C -20...+80 °C
transport -20…+70 °C -20...+80 °C
Damp heat, cyclic (IEC 60068-2-30) 55 °C, 6 cycles 6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Climatic category (EN 50178) 3K3 3K5 (w/o condensation,
w/o icing)
Vibration, sinusoidal (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 1 Class 2
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2) Class 1 Class 2
Standards / Directives
Product standard IEC/EN 60255 IEC/EN 60255-1
Application standards VDE-AR-N 4105, BDEW CEI 0-21: 2012-06 + CEI 0-12;
V1: 2012-12 + A70 Terna
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC 2011/65/EC

Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2. CM-UFD.M22: CEI 0-21
Tab.11
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3, 6 kV / 8 kV
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 CM-UFD.M22: Level 3, 10 V/m
CM-UFD.M21:
Level 3, 10 V/m (80-1000 MHz)
Level 2, 3 V/m (1400-2000 MHz)
Level 1, 1 V/m (2000-2700 MHz)
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 4, 4 kV / 5 kHz Level 3, 2 kV / 5 kHz
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, 1 kV L-L, 2kV L-earth Level 3, installation class 3,
supply and measuring input 1
kV L-L, 2 kV L-earth
conducted disturbances, induced by IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 10 V
radio-frequency fields
Interference emission IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B

2/61 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Technical data - CM-UFS.1

Type CM-UFS.1
Input circuit - Supply circuit L1, L2, L3 L-N
Rated control supply voltage US = measuring voltage 3 x 400 V AC 3 x 230 V AC
Rated control supply voltage tolerance US -20...+20 %
2
Control supply voltage range 3 x 300-500 V AC 3 x 180-280 V AC
Rated frequency 50 Hz
Frequency range 45-55 Hz
Typical current / power consumption 23 mA / 16 VA
Power failure buffering time min. 20 ms
Input circuit - Measuring circuit
Monitoring functions Phase failure J
Over-/ undervoltage J
Over-/ underfrequency J
10 minutes average value J
Measuring range Voltage range 3 x 320-460 V AC 3 x 184-264.5 V AC
Frequency range 45-55 Hz
Thresholds Overvoltage 115 % of U s, fixed
Undervoltage 80 % of U s, fixed
Overfrequency 50.2 Hz fixed
Underfrequency 47.5 Hz fixed
10 minutes average value 110-115% of U s, adjustable
Hysteresis related to the Over-/ undervoltage 5 % fixed
threshold value Over-/ underfrequency 20 mHz fixed
Rated frequency of the measuring signal 50 Hz
Frequency range of the measuring signal 45-55 Hz
Maximum measuring cycle time 50 ms
Maximum reaction time (time between fault Over-/ undervoltage < 120 ms
detection and change of switching status of Over-/ underfrequency < 100 ms
the relay) 10 minutes average value without delay
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance U  0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range U  0.06 % / °C
Measuring method True RMS
Timing circuit
Start-up delay tS1 prior to grid connection after a short interruption 30 s fixed
Restart delay tS2 30 s fixed
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance t  0,5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range t  0.06 % / °C
1 yellow LED, 2 red LEDs
Indication of operational states Details see operation mode and function description/diagrams
Output circuits 15-16/18, 25-26/28
Kind of output Relay, 1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
Operation principle closed-circuit principle 1)
Contact material AgNi alloy, Cd free
Rated operational voltage Ue (IEC/EN 60947-1) 250 V
Minimum switching voltage / switching current 24 V / 10 mA
Maximum switching voltage / switching current see load limit curve
Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve n/c contact 6 A fast-acting
short-circuit protection n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
1)
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/62
 Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Technical data - CM-UFS.1

Type CM-UFS.1
General data
MTBF on request
2 Duty time 100%
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) < W 50
Dimensions (W x H x D) product dimensions 22.5 x 78 x 100 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
Weight gross weight 0.140 kg (0.31 lb)
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units vertical / horizontal not necessary / not necessary
Degree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 2 x 0.75 - 2.5 mm² (2 x 18-14 AWG)
rigid 2 x 0.5 - 4 mm² (2 x 20-12 AWG)
Stripping length 7 mm (0.28 in)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
Environmental data
Ambient temperature range operation / storage -25...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
Damp heat, cyclic (IEC/EN 60068-2-30) 2 x 12 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Climatic category (IEC/EN 60721-3-1) 3K3
Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 2
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2) Class 2
Isolation data
Rated impulse withstand voltage Ui input circuit / output circuit 600 V
output circuit 1 / 2 300 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp input circuit 6 kV; 1.2/50 µs
(VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664) output circuit 4 kV; 1.2/50 µs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits (routine test) 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Basic insulation input circuit / output circuit 600 V
Protective separation input circuit / output circuit yes
(VDE 0160 Part 101 and 101/A,
IEC/EN 61140)
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664) 3
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 60664) III
Standards
Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6, DIN V VDE V IEC/EN 60255-6, Guideline for
0126-1-1: February 2006 connections to ENEL distribution
network Ed. 2.1, January 2011
Further standards EN 50178, EN 61727
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMV-Directive 2004/108/EC
RoHS-Directive 2002/95/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 2 kHz)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L, L-N)
conducted disturbances, induced by radio- IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
frequency fields
harmonics and interharmonics IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
Interference emission IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 50022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 50022 Class B

2/63 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Grid feeding monitoring relays -
Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Notes

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/64
 Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Product group picture

2/65 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Table of contents

Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems

Product group picture 63
Table of contents 64
Benefits and advantages 65
2
Benefits and advantages, applications 66
Operating controls 67
Selection table 68
Insulation monitoring in IT systems 69
Ordering details 70
Operating state indication, Connection diagrams, DIP switches 71
Connection diagrams, DIP switches 72
Technical data 73
Technical data CM-IVN 76

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/66
 Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Benefits and advantages

2CDC 251 020 V0012

2CDC 251 017 V0012

2CDC 251 009 V0012

CM-IWS.2 CM-IWS.1 CM-IWN.1

Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed pure AC systems: Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed AC, DC
or mixed AC/DC systems:
Characteristics
Characteristics
 For monitoring the insulation resistance of unearthed IT systems:  For monitoring the insulation resistance of unearthed IT systems up to
up to Un = 400 V AC Un= 250 V AC and 300 V DC or Un= 400 V AC and 600 V DC
 According to IEC/EN 61227-8 "Electrical safety in low voltage  According to IEC/EN 61227-8 "Electrical safety in low voltage
distribution systems up to 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC – distribution systems up to 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC –
Equipment for testing, measuring or monitoring of protective measures Equipment for testing, measuring or monitoring of protective measures
– Part 8: Insulation monitoring devices for IT systems" – Part 8: Insulation monitoring devices for IT systems"1)
 Rated control supply voltage 24–240 V AC/DC  CM-IWN.4,5,6: Specifically for applications with high system leakage
capacitances, for example in photovoltaic environments
 Superimposed DC signal
 Rated control supply voltage 24-240 V AC/DC
 One measuring range 1–100 kW
 Prognostic measuring principle with superimposed square
 Precise adjustment of the threshold value in 1 kW steps wave signal
 Interrupted wire detection  1 or 2 measuring ranges (1-100 kW or 1-100 kW + 2-200 kW)
 Fault storage/latching configurable by control input  1 or 2 (configurable) c/o contacts1)
 1 c/o (SPDT) contact, closed-circuit principle  Precise adjustmemt of the measuring value in 1 or 2 kW steps
 22.5 mm [0.89 in] width  (non-volatile) fault storage, configurable latching, interrupted
 3 LEDs for status indication wire protection, open- or closed-circuit principle selectable1)
 22.5 or 45 mm width
 3 LEDs for status indication
1)
depending on devices

Additional characteristics for CM-IWN.1,4,5,6:

 One (1 x 2 c/o) or two (2 x 1 c/o) threshold values Ran1/R11) (final
switch-off) and Ran2/R22) (prewarning) configurable3)
 Precise adjustment of the threshold values in 1 kΩ steps (R1) and 2 kΩ
steps (R2)
 Interrupted wire detection configurable
 Non-volatile fault storage configurable
Open- or closed-circuit principle configurable
1)
CM-IWN.6 does not meet the requirements of IEC/EN 61557-8 regarding the respon-
se time tan.
2)
term acc. to IEC/EN 61557-8
3)
R2 only active with 2 x 1 c/o configuration

2/67 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Benefits and advantages, Applications

Application / monitoring function CM-IWx Application / monitoring function CM-IVN

The CM-IWx serve to monitor insulation resistance in accordance with The coupling unit CM-IVN is designed to extend the nominal voltage range
IEC 61557-8 in unearthed IT AC systems, IT AC sytems with galvanically of the insulation monitoring relay CM-IWN.1 up to 690 V AC and 1000 V
connected DC circuits, or unearthed IT DC systems. The insulation resis- DC. The coupling unit can be connected to the system to be monitored by
tance between system lines and system earth is measured. If this falls means of the terminals VL+ and VL-. The terminal Vw has to be connected
below the adjustable threshold values, the output relay(s) energize or de- to the earth potential. The terminals L+, V1+, L-, V1-, VS and VE have to
energize. The CM-IWS.x can monitor control circuits (single-phase) and be connected to the CM-IWN.1 as shown in the connection diagrams 2
main circuits (3-phase). Supply systems with voltages Un= 0-400 V AC below. Supply systems with voltages Un = 0-690 V AC (15-400 Hz) or
(45-65 Hz), Un=0-250 V AC (15-400 Hz) or 0-300 V DC can be directly 0-1000 V DC can be connected.
connected. For systems with voltages above 400 V AC the insulation
monitoring relay with or without the coupling unit CM-IVN can be used. Measuring principle CM-IWS.2
A superimposed DC measuring signal is used for measurement. From the
Application / monitoring function CM-IWN.x superimposed DC measuring voltage and its resultant current the value of
The CM-IWN.x serves to monitor insulation resistance in accordance with the insulation resistance of the system to be monitored is calculated.
IEC 61557-8 in unearthed IT AC systems, IT AC systems with galvanically
connected DC circuits, or unearthed IT DC systems. The insulation resis- Measuring principle CM-IWN.x, CM-IWS.1
tance between system lines and system earth is measured. If this falls A pulsating measuring signal is fed into the system to be monitored and
below the adjustable threshold values, the output relays switch into the the insulation resistance is calculated. This pulsating measuring signal
fault state. The device can monitor control circuits (single-phase) and main alters its form depending on the insulation resistance and system leakage
circuits (3-phase). Supply systems with voltages Un = 0-400 V AC (15-400 capacitance. From this altered form the change in the insulation resistance
Hz) or 0-600 V DC can be directly connected to the measuring inputs and is forecast. When the forecast insulation resistance corresponds to the
their insulation resistance being monitored. For systems with voltages insulation resistance calculated in the next measurement cycle and is
above 400 V AC and 600 V DC the coupling unit CM-IVN can be used for smaller than the set threshold value, the output relay de-energizes. This
the expansion of the CM-IWN.x voltage range. measuring princiiple is also suitable for the detection of symmetrical insula-
tion faults.
Expansion of assortment for the requirements of decentral eletrical
energy sources
ABB‘s insulation monitoring relays from the CM-IWN range provide higher
system leakage capacitances which are necessary especially for solar
applications. This expanded product range covers the requirements of
decentral eletrical sources (e.g. photovoltaic systems).
The range of system leakage capacitances is 20 - 2000 µF.

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/68
 Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Operating controls

1 Test and reset button

2 Configuration and setting
Front-face rotary switches for threshold value adjustment:
R.1 for R1 tens figures:
2 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 kΩ in ten kΩ steps
R.2 for R1 units figures:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 kΩ in one kΩ steps
1 3 Indication of operational states
2 U: green LED - control supply voltage
F: red LED - fault message
R: yellow LED - relay status
3
4 Marker label for devices without DIP switches

1 Front-face rotary switches to adjust the threshold value:

R1.1 for R1 tens figure:
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 kΩ in ten kΩ steps
R1.2 for R1 units figure:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 kΩ in one kΩ steps
R2.1 for R2 tens figure:
0, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180 kΩ in twenty kΩ steps
1
R2.2 for R2 units figure:
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 kΩ in two kΩ steps
2
2 Test and reset button
3 Indication of operational states
U: green LED – control supply voltage
3 F1: red LED – fault message
F2: yellow LED – relay status
4 DIP switches (see DIP switch functions)

2/69 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Insulation monitoring in IT systems

In electricity supply systems, an earthing system defines the electrial potential of the conductors relative to that of the earth’s conductive sur-
face. The choice of earthing system has implications for the safety and electromagnetic compatibility of the power supply. Note that regulati-
ons for earthing (grounding) systems vary considerably among different countries.

The international standard IEC 60364 distinguishes three families of earthing arrangements, using the two-letter codes TN, TT and IT.
The first letter indicates the connection between earth and the power-supply equipment (generator or transformer): 2
T: direct connection of a point with earth (Latin: terra)
I: n
 o point is connected with earth (insulation),
except perhaps via a high impendance
The second letter indicates the connection between earth and the electrical device being supplied:
T: direct connection of a point with earth
N: direct connection to neutral at the origin of installation,
which is connected to the earth

IT supply systems
The IT system is supplied either by an isolation transformer or a voltage source, such as battery or a generator.
In this system no active conductor is directly connected to earth potential. The advantage of this is that only a small fault current can flow in case of an
insulation fault. This current is essentially caused by the leakage capacitance of the system.
The fuse of the system or MCB does not respond, thus maintaining the voltage supply and therefore operation even in case of a phase-to-earth fault.

The high reliability of an IT system is guaranteed thanks to continous insulation monitoring.

The insulation monitoring device recognizes insulation faults as they develop, and immediately reports that the value has fallen below the minimum. This
prevents operational interruptions caused by a second more severe insulation fault.

L1
L2
L3
N
PE

A1 11 21 S1 S2 S3

12 14 L+ V V1+ V1-
22 24 L- K w A2

CM-IWN.x M
3~ Consumer

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/70
 Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Selection table

1SVR 730 670 R0200

1SVR 740 670 R0200
1SVR 730 660 R0100
1SVR 740 660 R0100
1SVR 750 660 R0200
1SVR 760 660 R0200
1SVR 750 660 R0300
1SVR 760 660 R0300
1SVR 750 660 R0400
1SVR 760 660 R0400
1SVR 750 660 R0500
1SVR 760 660 R0500
Order number
2

CM-IWN.1S
CM-IWN.1P
CM-IWN.4S
CM-IWN.4P
CM-IWN.5S
CM-IWN.5P
CM-IWN.6S
CM-IWN.6P
CM-IWS.2S
CM-IWS.2P
CM-IWS.1S
CM-IWS.1P
Type

Rated control supply voltage Us

24 - 240 VAC/DC J J J J J J J J J J J J
Measuring voltages
250 V AC (L-PE) J J
400 V AC (L-PE) J J J J J J J J J J
690 V AC (L-PE) J 1) J 1) J 1) J 1) J 1) J 1) J 1) J 1)
300 V DC (L-PE) J J
600 V DC (L-PE) J J J J J J J J
1000 V DC (L-PE) J 1) J 1) J 1) J 1) J 1) J 1) J 1) J 1)
Measuring range
1 - 100 kΩ J J J J J J J J J J J J
2 - 200 kΩ J J J J J J J J
System leakage capacitance, max.
10 μF J J J J
20 μF J J
500 μF J J
1000 μF J J
2000 μF J J
Output
1 c/o J J J J
1 x 2 c/o or 2 x 1 c/o J J J J J J J J
Operating principle
Open-circuit principle J J J J
Open- or closed-circuit principle adjustable J J J J J J J J
Test
Front face button or control input J J J J J J J J J J J J
Reset
Front-face button or control input J J J J J J J J J J J J
Fault storage / latching configurable J J J J J J J J J J J J
Non volatile storage configurable J J J J J J J J J J J J
Interrupted wire detection J J J J J J J J
Threshold values configurable 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

screw version CM-IVN.S: 1SVR750669R9400

1)
With coupling unit CM-IVN
push-in version CM-IVN.P: 1SVR760669R9400

2/71 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Ordering details

Description
The high reliability of an IT system is guaranteed thanks to continuous insulation monitoring.
An insulation monitoring device recognizes insulation faults as they develop, and immediately
reports that the value has fallen below the minimum. This prevents operational interruption 2
caused by a second, more severe insulation fault.
2CDC 251 017 V0012

ABB developed a totally new range of insulation monitors for AC, DC or mixed AC/DC IT Sys-
tems up to 690 V AC or 1000 V DC. With only 4 devices most standard applications can be
served. Additionally a version for solar applications with increased earth leakage capacitance
CM-IWS.2 has been added.

Ordering details
Rated control Nominal vol- System Adjust- Type Order code Price Weight
supply voltage tage Un of leakage ment range (1 pce)
= measuring the distribu- capaci- of the
voltage tion system tance, specified
to be max. response
monitored value R an
2CDC 251 009 V0012

(threshold) 1 pce kg (lb)

CM-IWS.1S 1SVR730660R0100 0.148
(0.326)
24-240 V AC/DC 0-250 V AC /
0-300 V DC 10 µF 1-100 kW
CM-IWS.1P 1SVR740660R0100 0.137
(0.302)
CM-IWS.1
CM-IWS.2S 1SVR730670R0200 0.141
(0.311)
24-240 V AC/DC 0-400 V AC 10 µF 1-100 kW
CM-IWS.2P 1SVR740670R0200 0.130
(0.287)
CM-IWN.1S 1SVR750660R0200 0.241
(0.531)
24-240 V AC/DC 0-400 V AC /
0-600 V DC 20 µF
CM-IWN.1P 1SVR760660R0200 0.217
(0.478)
CM-IWN.4S 1SVR750660R0300 0.241
1-100 kW (0.531)
24-240 V AC/DC 0-400 V AC /
0-600 V DC 500 µF
2-200 kW 0.217
CM-IWN.4P 1SVR760660R0300
(activated / (0.478)
2CDC 251 020 V0012

de-activated CM-IWN.5S 1SVR750660R0400 0.241

(0.531)
24-240 V AC/DC 0-400 V AC /
0-600 V DC 1000 µF by DIP-
switch) CM-IWN.5P 1SVR760660R0400 0.217
(0.478)
CM-IWN.6S 1SVR760660R0500 0.241
(0.531)
CM-IWN.1 24-240 V AC/DC 0-400 V AC /
0-600 V DC 2000 µF
CM-IWN.6P 1SVR760660R0500 0.217
(0.478)

Ordering details - Coupling unit

Rated control supply voltage Nominal voltage Un Type Order code Price Weight
= measuring voltage of the distribution (1 pce)
system to be moni-
tored 1 pce kg (lb)
2CDC 252 027 V0012

CM-IVN.S 1SVR750669R9400 0.179

Passive device, no control 0-690 V AC / (0.395)
supply voltage needed 0-1000 V DC 0.165
CM-IVN.P 1SVR760669R9400
(0.364)
S: screw connection
CM-IVN P: push-in / easy connect

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/72
 Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Operating state indication, Connection diagrams, DIP switches

LEDs, status information and fault messages CM-IWN.x LEDs, status information and fault messages CM-IWS.x

Operational state LED U LED F LED R Operational state LED U LED F LED R
(green) (red) (yellow) (green) (red) (yellow)
Start-up W OFF OFF Start-up W OFF OFF
2 No fault V OFF 1)
No fault V OFF V
Prewarning V W W Insulation fault (below threshold value) V V OFF
Insulation fault (below threshold value) V V
1)
Invalid measuring result V T OFF
1)
w
KE/ wire interruption V U
KE/ w wire interruption (only CM-IWS.1) V U OFF
L+/L- wire interruption during system W / 1)
start-up / test function X
T CM-IWS.1: System leakage capaci-
tance too high / invalid measurement V T OFF
System leakage capacitance too high 1) result
/ invalid measurement result V T
CM-IWS.2: Invalid measurement result V T OFF
Internal system fault 1)
X
1)

Internal system fault OFF X OFF

Setting fault 2)
W W W
Test function X OFF OFF
Test function X OFF 1)

No fault after fault storage 3)

V
4)
X
No fault after fault storage 3)
V
4)
X
1)
Depending on the configuration.
2)
Possible faulty setting: The threshold value for final switch-off is set at a higher value than the threshold value for prewarning
3)
The device has triggered after an insulation fault. The fault has been stored and the insulation resistance has returned to a higher value than the threshold value plus hysteresis.
4)
Depending on the fault

Connection diagram CM-IWS.2 Connection diagram CM-IWS.1

A1 11 KE A1-A2 Control supply voltage
2CDC 252 103 F0009
A1 11 A1-A2 Control supply voltage
2CDC 252 102 F0009

S1 S2 S3 S1-S3 Remote test S1 S2 S3 S1-S3 Remote test

S2-S3 Remote reset
L w 11
S2-S3 Remote reset L+ L- KE w 11
L Measuring circuit/input, L+, L– Measuring circuit/input,
system connection system connection
R<w R<w
w Measuring circuit/input, w, KE Measuring circuit/input,
earth connections earth connections
A1 A2 12 14 A1 A2 12 14
11-12/14 Output relay, closed-circuit 11-12/14 Output relay, closed-circuit
L w principle L+ L- w principle
14 12 A2 14 12 A2

Connection diagram CM-IWN.1, 4, 5, 6 Connection diagram CM-IVN

A1 11 21 S1 S2 S3 A1-A2 Control supply voltage VL+ VL-
2CDC 252 104 F0009

2CDC 252 010 F0013

S1-S3 Remote test

VL- VL+ VE Connection to CM-IWN.x - w
S2-S3 Remote reset
L+ L- KE w 11 21 L+, L– Measuring circuit/input, VS Connection to CM-IWN.x - VS
w , KE system connection
R<w L+ Connection to CM-IWN.x - L+
VS, V1+, V1- Measuring circuit/input,
11-12/14 earth connections V1+ Connection to CM-IWN.x - V1+
A1 A2 12 14 22 24 L- V1- L+ V1+
21-22/24 Connections for the
coupling unit (if used) L- Connection to CM-IWN.x - L-
12 14 L+ VS V1+ V1- L+ V1+ L- V1-
22 24 L- KE w A2
Output relay 1, open- or VS VE Vw
closed-circuit principle V1- Connection to CM-IWN.x - V1-
Output relay 2, open- or
closed-circuit principle VL+, VL- Measuring circuit / Measuring input
Connection to the system

Vw Measuring circuit / Measuring input

Connection to earth
DIP switches of ON OFF (default)
CM-IWN.1, 4, 5, 6
DIP switch 1 Closed-circuit principle g Open-circuit principle h
Operating principle of the If closed-circuit principle is selected, the If open-circuit principle is selected, the
output relays output relays de-energize in case a fault is output relays energize in case a fault is
occuring. In non-fault state the relays are occuring. In non-fault state the relays are
Position 4 3 2 1 energized. de-energized.
2CDC 252 050 F0b09

ON iufg DIP switch 2

Non-volatile fault storage
Fault storage activated (latching) f
If the fault storage function is activated,
the output relays remain in tripped position
Fault storage de-activated (non latching) e
If the fault storage function is de-activated,
the output relays switch back to their original

jveh
until a reset is done either by the front-face position as soon as the insulation fault no
OFF button or by the remote reset connection longer exists.
S2-S3. This function is non-volatile.
DIP switch 3 Interrupted wire detection activated u Interrupted wire detection de-activated v
Interrupted wire detection With this configuration, the CM-IWN.1 moni- With this configuration the inter-rupted wire
toring relays the wires connected to w and detection is de-activated.
KE for interruptions.
DIP switch 4 2 x 1 c/o (SPDT) contact i 1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts j
2 x 1 c/o, 1 x 2 c/o If operating principle 2 x 1 c/o contact is If operating principle 1 x 2 c/o contacts is
selected, the output relay R1 (11-12/14) selected, both output relays R1 (11-12/14)
reacts to threshold value R1 (final switch-off) and R2 (21-22/24) react synchronously to
and the output relay R2 (21-22/24) reacts to threshold value R1. Settings of the threshold
threshold value R2 (prewarning) value R2 have no effect on the operation.

2/73 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Technical data

Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values, unless otherwise indicated

CM-IWS.2 CM-IWS.1 CM-IWN.1, 4, 5, 6

Input circuit - Supply circuit A1 - A2
Rated control supply voltage Us
Rated control supply voltage tolerance
24-240 V AC/DC
-15...+10 %
2
Typical current / power consumption 24 V DC 30 mA / 0.7 VA 35 mA / 0.9 VA 55 mA / 1.3 VA
115 V AC 12 mA / 1.4 VA 17 mA / 2.0 VA 20 mA / 2.3 VA
230 V AC 12 mA / 2.8 VA 14 mA / 3.2 VA 15 mA / 3.5 VA
Rated frequency fs DC or 15-400 Hz
Frequency range AC 13.5-440 Hz
Power failure buffering time min. 20 ms
Input circuit - Measuring circuit L, w L+, L-, w, KE L+, L-, w, KE
Monitoring function insulation resistance monitoring of IT systems (IEC/EN 61557-8)
Measuring principle superimposed DC prognostic measuring principle with superim-
voltage posed square wave signal
Nominal voltage Un of the distribution system to be monitored 0-400 V AC 0-250 V AC / 400 V AC /
0-300 V DC 0-600 V DC
Voltage range of the distribution system to be monitored 0-460 V AC 0-287.5 V AC / 0-460 V AC /
(tolerance +15 %) 0-345 V DC 0-690 V DC
(tolerance +15 %) (tolerance +15 %)
Rated frequency fN of the distribution system to be monitored 50-60 Hz DC or 15-400 Hz DC or 15-400 Hz
System leakage capacitance Ce max. 10 µF CM-IWN.1: 20 µF
CM-IWN.4: 500 µF
CM-IWN.5 1000 µF
CM-IWN.6: 2000 µF
Tolerance of the rated frequency fN 45-65 Hz 13.5-440 Hz 13.5-440 Hz
Extraneous DC voltage Ufg (when connected to an AC system) max. none 290 V DC 460 V DC
Number of possible response / threshold values 1 2
Adjustment range of the specified response value Ran (threshold) min.-max. 1-100 kW –
min.-max. R1 – 1-100 kW
min.-max. R2 – 2-200 kW
(activated / de-activa-
ted by DIP-switch)
Adjustment resolution 1 kW
R1 1 kW 1 kW
R2 – 2 kW
Tolerance of the adjusted threshold value / at 1-10 kW RF ±0.5 kW –
Relative percentage uncertainty A
at -5...+45 °C, Un = 0-115 %, Us = 85-110 %, fN, fs, Ce = 1µF at 10-100 kW RF ±6 % –
at 1-15 kW RF – ±1 kW*
at 15-200 kW RF – ±8 %
Hysteresis related to the threshold value 25 %; min. 2 kW
Internal impedance Zi at 50 Hz 135 kW 100 kW 155 kW
Internal DC resistance Ri 185 kW 115 kW 185 kW
Measuring voltage Um 15 V 22 V 24 V
Tolerance of measuring voltage Um +10 %
Measuring current Im max. 0.1 mA 0.3 mA 0.15 mA
Response time tan
pure AC system 0.5 x Ran and Ce = 1 µF max. 10 s
DC system or AC system with connected rectifiers – max. 15 s
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) < 0.1 % of full scale
Accuracy of Ra (measured value) within the rated control supply voltage tolerance < 0.05 % of full scale
Accuracy of Ra (measured value) within the operation at 1-10 kW RF 5W/K
temperature range at 10-100 kW RF 0.05 % / K –
at 10-200 kW RF – 0.05 % / K
Z-diode avalanche diode
Transient overvoltage protection ( w - terminal)
Input circuit - Control circuits S1 - S2 - S3
Control inputs - volt free S1-S3 remote test
S2-S3 remote reset
Maximum switching current in the control circuit 1 mA
Maximum cable length to the control inputs 50 m - 100 pF/m [164 ft - 30.5 pF/ft]
Minimum control pulse length 150 ms
No-load voltage at the control input ≤ 24 V ± 5 % ≤ 24 V DC
*in combination with CM-IVN ±1.5 kW

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/74
 Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Technical data

CM-IWS.2 CM-IWS.1 CM-IWN.1, 4, 5, 6

Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage LED U (green)
Fault message LED F (red)
Relay status LED R (yellow)
2 Output circuits
Kind of output relay, 1 c/o (SPDT) contact 2 x 1 or 1 x 2 c/o
(SPDT) contacts
configurable
Operating principle closed-circuit principle 1)
open- or closed
circuit principle 1)
configurable
Contact material AgNi alloy, Cd free
Rated voltage (VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1) 250 V AC / 300 V DC
Min. switching voltage / Min. switching current 24 V / 10 mA
Max. switching voltage / Max. switching current see data sheet
Rated operational current Ie (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC12 (resistive) at 230 V 4A
AC15 (inductive) at 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) at 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) at 24 V 2A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category B 300, pilot duty general purpose (250 V, 4 A, cos φ 0.75)
(Control Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage 250 V AC
max. continuous thermal current 4 A
at B 300
max. making/breaking apparent 3600/360 VA
power at B 300
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c contact 6 A fast-acting
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
Conventional thermal current Ith (IEC/EN 60947-1) 4A
General data
Duty time 100 %
Dimensions (W x H x D)
product dimension 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in) 45 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm
(0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
packaging dimenesion 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in) 97 x 109 x 30 mm
(3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight grossweight CM-IWS.2P: CM-IWS.1P: CM-IWN.xP:
0.130 kg (0.287 lb) 0.137 kg (0.302 lb) 0.217 kg (0.478 lb)
CM-IWS.2S: CM-IWS.1S: CM-IWN.xS:
0.141 kg (0.311 lb) 0.148 kg (0.326 lb) 0.241 kg (0.531 lb)
netweight CM-IWS.2P: CM-IWS.1P: CM-IWN.xP:
0.155 kg (0.342 lb) 0.162 kg (0.357 lb) 0.246 kg (0.542 lb)
CM-IWS.2S: CM-IWS.1S: CM-IWN.xS:
0.166 kg (0.366 lb) 0.173 kg (0.381 lb) 0.270 kg (0.595 lb)
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units vertical not necessary
horizontal 10 mm (0.39 in) not necessary 10 mm (0.39 in)
at U n > 240 V at U n > 400 V
Material of housing UL 94 V-0
Degree of protection housing / terminal IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Screw connection technology Easy Connect Technology
(Push-in)
Wire size fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
Stripping length 8 mm (0.32 in)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if a fault is occuring
1)

Open-circuit principle: Output relay(s) energize(s) if a fault is occuring

2/75 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Technical data

CM-IWS.2 CM-IWS.1 CM-IWN.1, 4, 5, 6

Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges operation / storage / transport -25...+60 °C/-40...+85 °C/-40...+85 °C
Climatic category IEC/EN 60721-3-3 3K5 (no condensation, no ice formation)
Damp heat, cyclic IEC/EN 60068-2-30 6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Vibration, sinusoidal IEC/EN 60255-21-1 Class 2 2
Shock, half-sine IEC/EN 60255-21-2 Class 2
Isolation data
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp between all iso- supply / measuring circuit 6 kV
lated circuits supply / output circuit 6 kV
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) measuring / output circuit 6 kV
output 1 / output circuit 2 4 kV
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) 3
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) III
Rated insulation voltage Ui supply / measuring circuit 400 V 300 V 600 V
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) supply / output circuit 300 V
supply / measuring circuit 400 V 300 V 600 V
output 1 / output circuit 2 - - 300 V
Basis isolation for rated control supply voltage supply / measuring circuit 400 V AC / 300 V DC 250 V AC / 300 V DC 400 V AC / 600 V DC
(IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) supply / output circuit 250 V AC / 300 V DC
measuring / output circuit 400 V AC / 300 V DC 250 V AC / 300 V DC 400 V AC / 600 V DC
output 1 / output 2 250 V AC / 300 V DC
Protective separation (IEC/EN 61140) supply / output circuit 250 V AC / 250 V DC
supply / measuring circuit 250 V AC / 250 V DC
measuring / output circuit 250 V AC / 250 V DC
Test voltage between all isolated circuits, routine test supply / output circuit 2.32 kV, 50 Hz, 2 s
(IEC/EN 60255-5, IEC/EN 61010-1) supply / measuring circuit 2.32 kV, 50 Hz, 2 s
measuring / output circuit 2.2 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s 2.53 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Standards
Product standard IEC/EN 61557-8, IEC/EN 60255-6
Other standards EN 50178
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC
Electromagnetic compability
Interference immunity to IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61326-2-4
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3, 6 kV / 8 kV
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3, 10 V/m (1 GHz) / 3 V/m (2 GHz) / 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
electrical fast transient/burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3, 2 kV / 5 kHz
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, installation class 3, supply circuit and measuring circuit
1 kV L-L, 2 kV L-earth
conducted disturbances, induced by IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 10 V
radio-frequency fields
voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Class 3
variations
harmonics and interharmonics IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
Interference emissions IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/76
 Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Technical data CM-IVN

Input circuit - Measuring circuit VL+, VL-, Vw

Function expansion of the nominal voltage range of the insulation monitoring relay
CM-IWN to 690 V AC or 1000 V DC, max. length of connection cable 40 cm
Measuring principle see CM-IWN
Nominal voltage Un of the distribution system to be monitored 0-690 V AC / 0-1000 V DC

2 Voltage range of the distribution system to be monitored

Rated frequency fN of the distribution system to be monitored
0-793.5 V AC / 0-1150 V DC (tolerance +15 %)
DC or 15-400 Hz
Tolerance of the rated frequency fN 13.5-440 Hz
System leakage capacitance Ce max. identical to that of the insulation monitoring relay used
Extraneous DC voltage Ufg (when connected to an max. 793.5 V DC
AC system)
Tolerance of the adjusted threshold value / at 1-15 kΩ RF ±1.5 kΩ
Relative percentage uncertainty A at
-5...+ 45 °C, Un = 0-115 %, Us = 85-110 %, fN, fs, Ce = 1 μF at 15-200 kΩ RF ±8 %
Internal impedance Zi at 50 Hz 195 kΩ
Internal DC resistance Ri 200 kΩ
Measuring voltage Um 24 V
Tolerance of measuring voltage Um +10 %
Measuring current Im 0.15 mA
General data
MTBF on request
Duty time 100 %
Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 x 78 x 100 mm (1.78 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
Weight gross weight 0.200 kg (0.441 lb)
net weight 0.169 kg (0.373 lb)
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units vertical not necessary
horizontal 10 mm (0.39 in) at U n > 600 V
Degree of protection IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with(out) wire 2 x 0.75-2.5 mm² (2 x 18-14 AWG)
end ferrule
rigid 2 x 0.5-4 mm² (2 x 20-12 AWG)
Stripping length 7 mm (0.28 in)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
Max. length of connection cable to CM-IWN 40 cm
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges operation / storage / transport -25...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C / -40...+85 °C
Climatic category IEC/EN 60721-3-3 3K5 (no condensation, no ice formation)
Damp heat, cyclic IEC/EN 60068-2-30 6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Vibration, sinusoidal IEC/EN 60255-21-1 Class 2
Shock, half-sine IEC/EN 60255-21-2 Class 2
Isolation data
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp between all isolated circuits input circuit / 8 kV
IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1,VDE 0110-1) PE
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) 3
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1) III
Rated insulation voltage Ui input circuit / 1000 V
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1,VDE 0110-1) PE
Test voltage between all isolated circuits, routine test input circuit / 3.3 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
(IEC/EN 60255-5, IEC/EN 61010-1) PE
Standards
Product standard IEC/EN 61557-8, IEC/EN 60255-6
Other standards EN 50178
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC
Electromagnetic compability
Interference immunity to IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61326-2-4
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3, 6 kV / 8 kV
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3, 10 V/m (1 GHz) / 3 V/m (2 GHz) / 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
electrical fast transient/burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3, 2 kV / 5 kHz
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, installation class 3, supply circuit
and measuring circuit 1 kV L-L, 2 kV L-earth
conducted disturbances, induced by IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 10 V
radio-frequency fields
voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Level 3
variations
harmonics and interharmonics IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Level 3
Interference emission IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 50022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 50022 Class B

2/77 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Notes

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/78
 Motor load monitoring relays
Product picture

2/79 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Motor load monitoring relays
Table of contents

Motor load monitoring relays

Product picture 77
Table of contents 78
Fields of application 79
2
Ordering details 80
Technical information 81
Technical data 82

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/80
 Motor load monitoring relays
Fields of application

The motor load monitor relay monitors the load states of single-phase Compared with other conventional measuring principles (e.g. pressure
and three-phase asynchronous motors. transducers, current measurement), cos ϕ monitoring is a more precise
The evaluation of the phase angle between current and voltage allows a and economical alternative.
very precise monitoring of the load states. The motor is used as a sensor for its own load status.

2 Main applications
 Pump monitoring Pump control
 Dry-running protection (underload)
 Closed valves (overload) Dry-running protection Filter pollution
 Pipe break (overload)
 Heating, air-conditioning, ventilation

1SVC 110 000 F 0471

1SVC 110 000 F 0470
 Monitoring of filter pollution
 V-belt breakage (underload)
 Closed shutters/valves (overload)
 Air ventilating volume
 Agitating machines Starting time delay Detected fault - installation is Starting time delay Detected fault - installation is
 High consistency within the tank (overload) switched off switched off

 Pollution of the tank (overload) Response delay Response delay

 Transport/Conveyance
 Congested conveyor belts (overload)
 Jamming of belts (overload)
Ventilator monitoring
 Material accumulation in spiral conveyors (overload)
 Lifting platforms V-belt monitoring Filter pollution
 Machine installation
 Wear of tools, e.g. worn saw blades in circular saws, etc.
(overload)

1SVC 110 000 F 0472

1SVC 110 000 F 0473

 Tool breakage (underload)
 V-belt drives (breakage underload)

Starting time delay Detected fault - installation is Starting time delay Detected fault - installation is
switched off switched off

Wiring examples (for motor currents  20 A) Wiring examples (for motor cur-
rents  20 A)
50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz
L1 L1 L1
L2 N L2
L3 L3
N N

k K

l L
1SVC 110 000 F 0131
1SVC 110 000 F 0131

1SVC 110 000 F 0132

K1 K1 K1

U V W U1 U2 U V W

M 3~ M 1~ M 3~

~
50-60 Hz 110-500 V, 15-400 Hz 110-240 V 15-400 Hz 50-60 Hz
L1 L1 L1
L2 N

~
L2
L3 L3
N

k K

l L
1SVC 110 000 F 0133

1SVC 110 000 F 0133

1SVC 110 000 F 0132

DC
AC K1 K1
K1

U V W U V W U1 U2

M 3~ M 3~ M 1~

• Current transformers............................... 2/103

2/81 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Motor load monitoring relays
Ordering details

Description
The motor load monitor CM-LWN monitors the load of single-phase and three-phase asyn-
chronous motors. The evaluation of the phase angle between current and voltage (cos j
monitoring) allows a very precise monitoring of the load status. 2
1SVR 450 335 F0100

Ordering details
Rated control Current range Type Order code Price Weight
supply voltage = (1 pce)
CM-LWN measuring voltage
1 pce kg (lb)
24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR450335R0000 0.30 (0.66)
110-130 V AC 1SVR450330R0000 0.30 (0.66)
220-240 V AC 0.5-5 A 1SVR450331R0000 0.30 (0.66)
380- 440 V AC 1SVR450332R0000 0.30 (0.66)
480-500 V AC 1SVR450334R0000 0.30 (0.66)
CM-LWN
24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR450335R0100 0.30 (0.66)
110-130 V AC 1SVR450330R0100 0.30 (0.66)
220-240 V AC 2-20 A 1SVR450331R0100 0.30 (0.66)
380- 440 V AC 1SVR450332R0100 0.30 (0.66)
480-500 V AC 1SVR450334R0100 0.30 (0.66)

Current transformers see page 2/132.

Characteristics
 Pump monitoring
 Under- and overload monitoring cos j in one unit
 Adjustable starting delay 0.3-30 s
 Direct measurement of currents up to 20 A
 Adjustable response time delay 0.2-2 s
 Single-phase or three-phase monitoring
 2 x 1 c/o contact, closed-circuit principle
 3 LEDs for status indication

1 Starting delay „Time S“

2 Response delay „Time R“

1 3 Threshold for load limit cos ϕmax

2 4 Threshold for load limit cos ϕmin
5 Reset button
6 Indication of operational states
U: green LED – control supply voltage
3 cos ϕmax: red LED – cos ϕmax exceeded
cos ϕmin: red LED – below cos ϕmin
7 Marker label
4
5

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/82
 Motor load monitoring relays
Technical information

The CM-LWN module monitors the load status of inductive loads.

The primary application is the monitoring of single- or three-phase asynchronous motors (squirrel cage) under varying load conditions. The measuring
principle is based on the evaluation of the phase shift (ϕ) between the voltage and the current in one phase.
The phase difference is nearly inversely proportional to the load. Therefore, cos ϕ, measured relatively from 0 to 1, measures the relationship of effective
power to apparent power. A value towards 0 indicates low load and a value towards 1 indicates high load.
2 Threshold values can be set individually for cos ϕmax and cos ϕmin If the set threshold value is reached, a LED lights up and the relay is de-energized.
If cos ϕ returns to the acceptable limits (taking into account the hysteresis), the relay is reset to its original state and the LED flashes permanently to indi-
cate the occurrence of the trip event. This message can be deleted using the reset button or by switching off the supply.
A time delay (Time S) of 0.3 to 30 s can be set for the starting phase of the motor. It is also possible to set a response delay time (Time R) of 0.2 to 2 s to
suppress unwanted tripping due to unavoidable short load changes during normal operation.
To guarantee correct operation of the response delay (Time R), the adjusted value for cos ϕmax has to be higher than the value for cos ϕmin plus the hyste-
resis. Consequently, the overload and underload indication must not be active at the same time.
Due to the internal electrical isolation of the supply circuit and the measuring circuit, it is also possible to use the device in systems with different supply
voltages.

Function diagram - CM-LWN

A1-A2
1SVC 110 000 F0130

Current in L1

con ϕmax
hysteresis
con ϕmin
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26
Reset button

Red LED - cos ϕmin

Red LED - cos ϕmax

TS TR TR TR TS

Connection diagram CM-LWN

A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage

2CDC 252 105 F0004

L1/K-L1/L Measuring current

L1/K-L2-L3 Measuring voltage
15-16/18 Output contacts - underload (cos ϕmin)
25-26/28 Output contacts - overload (cos ϕmax)
closed-circuit principle

2/83 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Motor load monitoring relays
Technical data

Type CM-LWN
Input circuit - Supply circuit A1-A2
Rated control supply voltage Us - power A1-A2
24-240 V AC/DC approx. 8.4 VA/W
consumption A1-A2
110-130 V AC approx. 3.6 VA
A1-A2
220-240 V AC approx. 3.6 VA
A1-A2
380-440 V AC approx. 3.6 VA
A1-A2
480-500 V AC approx. 3.6 VA 2
Rated control supply voltage Us tolerance -15 %...+10 %
Rated frequency AC versions 50-60 Hz
AC/DC versions 15-400 Hz or DC
Duty time 100 %
Measuring circuit L1/L-L1/K-L2-L3
Monitoring function Motor load monitoring by cos ϕ
Voltage range L1/K-L2-L3 110-500 V AC single-phase or three-phase
Current range L1/L-L1/K 0.5-5 A version 2-20 A version
Permissible overload of current input 25 A for 3 s 100 A for 3 s
Thresholds cos ϕmin and cos ϕmax adjustable from 0 to 1
Hysteresis (related to phase angle ϕ in °) 4°
Frequency of measuring voltage 15-400 Hz
Response time 300 ms
Timing circuits indication of over- and undervoltage fault
Start-up time (Time S) 0.3-30 s, adjustable
Response delay (Time R) 0.2-2 s, adjustable
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance t m 0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range t m 0.06 % / °C
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage U: green LED
below cos ϕmin cos ϕmin: red LED
cos ϕmax exceeded cos ϕmax: red LED
Output circuits 15-16/18, 25-26/28
Kind of output 2 x 1 c/o contact
Operational principle closed-circuit principle 1)
Contact material AgCdO
Rated voltage (VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 947-1) 250 V
Max. switching voltage 400 V AC, 300 V DC
Rated operational current AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A
Ie (IEC/EN 60947-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime at AC12, 230 V, 4 A 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c / n/o contact 10 A fast-acting / 10 A fast-acting
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 mm x 78 mm x 100 mm (1.77 inch x 3.07 inch x 3.94 inch)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Ambient temperature range operation / storage -25...+65 °C / -40...+85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm 2 (2 x 14 AWG)
Standards
Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EEC
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6) 5g
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 10 g
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30) 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Isolation data
Rating (HD 625.1 S1, VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60255-5)
Rated insulation voltage between supply- , measuring- and output circuit 250 V, 400 V, 500 V depending on the version
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2,5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Pollution category 3
Overvoltage category III
Open-circuit principle:
1)
Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/84
 Motor control and protection
Product group picture

2/85 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Motor control and protection
Table of contents

Motor control and protection

Product group picture 83
Table of contents 84
Benefits and advantages 85
2
Technical data 86
Notes 88

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/86
 Motor control and protection
Benefits and advantages

UMC100-FBP is a flexible, modular and expandable motor management system for constant-speed low-voltage range motors.
It's most important tasks include motor protection, prevention of plant standstills and the reduction of down time. This is made possible by early
information relating to possible motor problems which avoids unplanned plant standstills. Even if a motor trips, quick diagnosis of the cause of the
fault serves to reduce downtime.
2
UMC100-FBP combines in a very compact unit:

Motor protection Communication

 Overload, underload  Communication-independent basic device
 Overvoltage, undervoltage  Freely selectable fieldbus protocol with FieldBusPlug
 Blocked rotor, low / high current  Profibus DP
 Phase failure, imbalance, phase sequence  DeviceNet
 Earth leakage  Modbus RTU
 Thermistor protection  Ethernet Modbus TCP
 Limitation of starts per time  CANopen
 One single version with integrated measuring system covers the rated
motor current from 0,24 to 63 A Typical application segments
 Oil & gas
Motor control  Cement
 Integrated and easy to parametrize motor starter functions like direct,  Paper
reverse, star-delta,...
 Mining
 Additionally free programmable logic for application specific control
functions  Steel
 Expansion modules DX111, DX122 for more I/Os  Chemical industry
 Expansion modules VI150, VI155 for 3-phase voltage measuring

Motor diagnostics
 Quick and comprehensive access to all relevant data via fieldbus and/
or operator panel
 Current, thermal load
 Phase voltages
 Power factor
 Energy

Further information
UMC & FBP Catalog 2CDC 190 022 C0205
UMC & FBP Brochure 2CDC 135 011 B0203

2/87 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Motor control and protection
Technical data

Basic device UMC100-FBP

UMC100-FBP allows the connection of one I/O-expansion module DX111 or DX122, and one voltage module VI150
or VI155. Expansion modules are connected via 2-wire bus, the max. distance to UMC100-FBP is 3 m.

2
Main power
Voltage max 1000 V AC
Frequency 45 to 65 Hz
Rated motor current 0.24 to 63 A, without accessories
Greater currents with transformer
Transformer diameter 11 mm (max 25 mm2)
Tripping classes 5, 10, 20, 30, 40 in accordance with EN/IEC 60947-4-1
Short-circuit protection Separate fuse on network side

Control unit
Supply voltage 24 V DC
Reverse polarity protection yes
Inputs 6 digital inputs 24 V DC
1 PTC input
Outputs 3 relay outputs relay
1 digital output transistor
Interfaces 1 for ABB FieldBusPlug
1 for UMC100-PAN control station
1 for expansion module
Parametric assignment via fieldbus, control station and / or software
Addressing Control station or addressing set
LEDs 3 LEDs: green, yellow, red

Environment and mechanical data

Fastening on DIN busbar (EN50022-35) or with 4 screws x M4
Dimensions (W x H x D) 70 x 105 x 110 mm (incl. FieldBusPlug and control panel)
Weight 0.39 kg
Terminal cross-section max. 2.5 mm² or 2 x 1.5 mm²

I/O-expansion modules DX111 / DX122

Expansion modules to increase the number of I/Os of a UMC100-FBP. Easy use of inputs by parametrizing for fault or warn-
ing; individual message on operator panel configurable.

Supply voltage 24 V DC
Inputs DX111 8 digital inputs 24 V DC
DX122 8 digital inputs 110/230 V AC
Outputs 4 relay outputs relay
1 analogue output, 0/4 to 20 mA / 0 to 10 V configurable
Fastening on DIN busbar (EN50022-35)
Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 x 77 x 100 mm (without terminal block)

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/88
 Motor control and protection
Technical data

Voltage expansion modules

Measures the 3 phase voltages of a motor. Different versions for use in grounded and ungrounded networks.

Supply voltage 24 V DC

2 Inputs VI150 3 analogue inputs 150 - 690 V AC

For use in grounded networks
Maximum operation altitude 2000 m
VI155 3 analogue inputs 150 - 690 V AC
For use in all networks
Maximum operation altitude > 2000 m
Outputs 1 relay output
Fastening on DIN busbar (EN50022-35)
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 77 x 100 mm (without terminal block)

Ethernet-Modbus TCP interface MTQ22-FBP

Ethernet connectivity for up to four UMC100. Supports all network topologies.

Supply voltage 24 V DC (+30 % ... -20 %) (19.2 ... 31.2 V DC) including ripple
Current consumption Max. 180 mA (at 19.2 ... 31.2 V DC)
Pollution degree terminals 3
Total power dissipation max. 3.5 W
Short-circuit protection at port 1 ... 4 PTC resistor
Reverse polarity protection of supply Yes
inputs

2/89 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Motor control and protection
Notes

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/90
 Thermistor motor protection relays
Product group picture

2/91 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Thermistor motor protection relays
Table of contents

Thermistor motor protection relays

Product group picture 89
Table of contents 90
Benefits and advantages, Applications 91
2
Operating controls 92
Selection table thermistor motor protection relays 93
Ordering details 94
Ordering details - PTC temperature sensors C011 95
Technical data 96
Connection diagrams 98

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/92
 Thermistor motor protection relays
Benefits and advantages, Applications

Operating principle and fields of application for thermistor motor protection relays
The CM range of thermistor motor protection relays are used to control motors equipped with PTC temperature sensors. The PTC temperature sensors
are incorporated in the motor windings to measure the motor heating. This enables direct control and e
­ valuation of the following operating conditions:
Further applications:
 heavy duty starting
2  increased switching frequency Temperature monitoring of equipment with PTC sensors integrated, such as:

 single-phase operation  machine rolling bearings,

 high ambient temperature  hot-air ventilators,
 insufficient cooling  oil,
 break operation  air,
 heating installations, etc.
 unbalance
Resistance characteristic
The relay is independent of the rated motor current, the insulation class for one single temperature sensor acc. to DIN 44 081.
and the method of starting.
The PTC sensors are connected in series to the terminals Ta and Tb (or
Ta and Tbx without short-circuit detection). The number of possible PTC
sensors per measuring circuit is limited by the sum of the ­individual PTC
sensor resistances: RG = R1 + R2 + RN m 1.5 kq.
NAT = Nominal response temperature
Under normal operating conditions the resistance is below the response
threshold. If only one of the PTC resistors heats up excessively, the out-
put relay de-energizes. If the autoreset function is configured, the output
1SVC 110 000 F0139

relay energizes automatically after cooling down.

Devices with manual (push button on front-side) or remote reset
­configuration have to be controlled via the control input by the required
signal.

CM-MSE CM-MSS (1), 1 c/o contact CM-MSS (2), 2 c/o contacts

 Auto reset  Auto reset  Fault storage can be switched off
 Connection of several sensors (max. 6 sen-  Connection of several sensors  Auto reset configurable
sors conn. in series)  Reset button
 Monitoring of bimetals
 Monitoring of bimetals  Remote reset
 1 c/o contact
 1 n/o contact  Monitoring of bimetals
 2 LEDs for status indication
 Excellent cost / performance ratio  2 c/o contacts
 2 LEDs for status indication

CM-MSS (3), 2 c/o contacts, short-circuit CM-MSS (4) + CM-MSS (5), 1-channel CM-MSS (6), 2-channel, single evaluation
monitoring configurable  Short-circuit monitoring of the sensor circuit  Short-circuit monitoring for the sensor
 Fault storage can be switched off  Wide supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC circuits
 Auto reset configurable  Non-volatile fault storage ­selectable  Wide supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC
 Reset button  Reset and test button  2 separate sensor circuits for monitoring of
two motors or one motor with 2 sensor cir-
 Remote reset  Remote reset cuits (prewarning and final switch off)
 Monitoring of bimetals  Auto reset configurable  Reset button
 Short-circuit monitoring of the ­sensor circuit  Output contacts: 1 n/c and 1 n/o or 2 c/o  Auto reset configurable
configurable contacts
 Output contacts: 2 x 1 c/o contact
 2 c/o contacts  2 LEDs for status indication
 3 LEDs for status indication
 2 LEDs for status indication

CM-MSS (7), 3 sensor circuits, accumulative evaluation CM-MSN, 6 sensor circuits, accumulative evaluation
 Short-circuit monitoring for the sensor circuits  Short-circuit monitoring of the sensor circuit
 Wide supply voltage range 24-240 V AC/DC  Wide supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC
 Non-volatile fault storage configurable  Non-volatile fault storage configurable
 Remote reset  Remote reset
 Auto reset configurable  Auto reset configurable
 Reset and test button  Reset and test button
 Output contacts: 1 n/c and 1 n/o contact  Output contacts: 1 n/c, 1 n/o contact
 4 LEDs for status indication  7 LEDs for status indication
accumulative evaluation = if any input exeeds the threshold, the output relay will trip

2/93 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Thermistor motor protection relays
Operating controls

1 Reset / Test button

2 Indication of operational states
2
U: green LED – control supply voltage
F: red 1-6 LED – fault message
3 Marker label
1
2

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/94
 Thermistor motor protection relays
Selection table thermistor motor protection relays

1SVR 550 805 R9300

1SVR 550 800 R9300
1SVR 550 801 R9300
1SVR 430 800 R9100
1SVR 430 800 R9100
1SVR 430 811 R9300
1SVR 430 811 R9300
1SVR 430 811 R0300
1SVR 430 811 R1300
1SVR 430 710 R9300
1SVR 430 711 R0300
1SVR 430 711 R1300
1SVR 430 711 R2300
1SVR 430 720 R0400
1SVR 430 720 R0300
1SVR 430 710 R0200
1SVR 430 720 R0500
1SVR 450 025 R0100
Order number
2

CM-MSS (1)

CM-MSS (2)

CM-MSS (3)

CM-MSS (4)
CM-MSS (5)
CM-MSS (6)
CM-MSS (7)
Type

CM-MSN
CM-MSE

Function
Number of sensor circuits 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 6
Wire break monitoring J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Short-circuit detection 1) J J J J J J J J J
Non-volatile fault storage 2) J J J J
Operation / Reset
Auto reset J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Manual reset J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Remote reset J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Test button J J J J J
Output contacts
Operational principle Closed-circuit principle
1 n/o J J J
1 c/o J J
2 c/o J J J J J J J J J
1 n/o + 1 n/c J
1 c/o per sensor circuit J
1 n/o + 1 n/c accumulative evaluation J J
Width of housing
22.5 mm J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
45 mm J
Supply voltages
24 V AC J J
24 V AC/DC J J J
110-130 V AC J J J
220-240 V AC J J J J
380-440 V AC J
24-240 V AC/DC J J J J J
1)
For CM-MSS (3): configurable via terminals
2)
Auto reset without non-volatile fault storage configurable by permanent jumpering of connection terminals S1-T2 or S1/X1-S2/X2

2/95 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Thermistor motor protection relays
Ordering details

Description
The thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSE, CM-MSS and CM-MSN are used to control
motors equipped with PTC temperature sensors. The PTC temperature sensors are incorpo-
rated in the motor windings to measure the motor heating. This enables direct control and 2
evaluation of various operating conditions. Depending on the products also ATEX approvals for
use in hazardous areas are availabe.
ABB also offers PTC temperature sensors C011 (according to DIN 44081) which are suitable
for embedding in motor windings.
2CDC 251 012 F0003

Ordering details
Rated control supply voltage = measu- Type Order code Price Weight
ring voltage (1 pce)

1 pce kg (lb)
CM-MSE
24 V AC 1SVR550805R9300 0.11 (0.24)
110-130 V AC CM-MSE 1SVR550800R9300 0.11 (0.24)
220-240 V AC 1SVR550801R9300 0.11 (0.24)
24 V AC/DC 1)
1SVR430800R9100 0.15 (0.33)
CM-MSS (1)
220-240 V AC 1SVR430801R1100 0.15 (0.33)
24 V AC/DC 1) 1SVR430810R9300 0.15 (0.33)
1SVR430811R9300
2CDC 251 047 F0004

24 V AC 0.15 (0.33)
CM-MSS (2)
110-130 V AC 1SVR430811R0300 0.15 (0.33)
220-240 V AC 1SVR430811R1300 0.15 (0.33)
24 V AC/DC 1) 1SVR430710R9300 0.15 (0.33)
CM-MSS (5) 110-130 V AC 1SVR430711R0300 0.15 (0.33)
CM-MSS (3) 4)
220-240 V AC 1SVR430711R1300 0.15 (0.33)
380-440 V AC 1SVR430711R2300 0.15 (0.33)
CM-MSS (4) 2) 4) 1SVR430720R0400 0.15 (0.33)
CM-MSS (5) 3) 4) 1SVR430720R0300 0.15 (0.33)
24-240 V AC/DC CM-MSS (6) 4) 1SVR430710R0200 0.15 (0.33)
CM-MSS (7) 4) 1SVR430720R0500 0.15 (0.33)
1SVR 450 025 F0400

CM-MSN 4) 1SVR450025R0100 0.23 (0.51)

1)
Not electrically isolated
2)
CM-MSS (4): 1-channel 1 n/c, 1 n/o
3)
CM-MSS (5): 1-channel 2 c/o
4)
I
CM-MSN

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/96
 Thermistor motor protection relays
Ordering details - PTC temperature sensors C011

Description
The PTC temperature sensors (temperature-dependent with positive temperature coefficient) are selected by the
1SVC 110 000 F0531

manufacturer of the motor depending on:

 the motor insulation class according to IEC/EN 60034-11,
2  the special characteristics of the motor, such as the conductor cross-section of the windings, the permissible
overload factor etc.
 special conditions prescribed by the user, such as the permissible ambient temperature, risks resulting from
locked rotor, extent of permitted overload etc.
One temperature sensor must be embedded in each phase winding. For instance, in case of three-phase squirrel
cage motors, three sensors are embedded in the stator windings. For pole-changing motors with one winding
Temperature sensor characteristics (Dahlander connection), 3 sensors are also sufficient. Pole-changing motors with two windings, however, require
The sensors are suitable for embedding in motor windings with rated operating voltages of up to 600 V AC. Con-
ductor length: 500 mm per sensor. A 14 V varistor can be connected in parallel to protect the sensors from
RPTC overvoltage. Due to their characteristics, the thermistor motor protection relays can also be used with PTC tem-
[]
perature sensors of other manufacturers which comply with DIN 44 081 and DIN 44 082 6 sensors.
104
If an additional warning is required before the motor is switched off, separate sensors for a correspon­dingly lower
temperature must be embedded in the winding. They have to be connected to a second control unit.
103

102 Ordering details

2CDC 252 068 F0208

Rated response Color coding Type Order code Price Weight

101 TPTC [°C] temperature TNF (1 pce)
1 pce kg (lb)
-20 °C

TNF - 20 K
TNF - 5 K

TNF + 5 K
TNF + 15 K
TNF

70 °C white-brown C011-701) GHC0110003R0001 0.02 (0.044)

80 °C white-white C011-801) GHC0110003R0002 0.02 (0.044)
90 °C green-green C011-901) GHC0110003R0003 0.02 (0.044)
100 °C red-red C011-1001) GHC0110003R0004 0.02 (0.044)
110 °C brown-brown . C011-1101) GHC0110003R0005 0.02 (0.044)
120 °C gray-gray C011-1201) GHC0110003R0006 0.02 (0.044)
130 °C blue-blue C011-1301) GHC0110003R0007 0.02 (0.044)
140 °C white-blue C011-1401) GHC0110003R0011 0.02 (0.044)
150 °C black-black C011-1501) GHC0110003R0008 0.02 (0.044)
160 °C blue-red C011-1601) GHC0110003R0009 0.02 (0.044)
170 °C white-green C011-1701) GHC0110003R0010 0.02 (0.044)
150 °C black-black C011-3-1502) GHC0110033R0008 0.05 (0.11)
1)
Temperature sensor C011, standard version acc. to DIN 44081
2)
Triple temperature sensor C011-3

Technical data
Characteristic data Sensor type C011
Cold-state resistance 50 -100 q at 25 °C
Warm-state resistance ± 5 up to 6 K of rated
response temperature TNF 10 000 q
Thermal time constant, sensor open 1) <5s
Permitted ambient temperature +180 °C

Rated response temperature PTC resistance PTC resistance R2) at PTC temperatures of:
w tolerance T NF w iTNF R from -20 °C to TNF - iTNF T NF + iTNF TNF + 15 K
TNF - 20 K (UPTC m 2.5 V) (UPTC m 2.5 V) (UPTC m 7.5 V)

70 w5 °C
m 570 q M 570 q -
80 w5 °C
90 w5 °C
100 w5 °C
110 w5 °C
120 w5 °C m 100 q
m 550 q M 1330 q M 4000 q
130 w5 °C
140 w5 °C
150 w5 °C
160 w5 °C
170 w7 °C m 570 q M 570 q -
1)
Not embedded in windings. 2)
For triple temperature sensor take values x 3.

2/97 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Thermistor motor protection relays
Technical data

Type CM-MSE CM-MSS CM-MSN

Input circuit
Rated control supply voltage Us A1-A2 24 V AC approx. 1.5 VA
power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC/DC approx. 1.1 VA / 0.6 W
A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 1.5 VA
A1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 1.5 VA 2
A1-A2 380-440 V AC approx. 1.7 VA
A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC approx. 1.4-1.7 W / approx. 3.5-5.7 VA
Rated control supply voltage Us tolerance -15 % ... +10 %
Rated frequency AC: 50-60 Hz / 24-240 V AC/DC versions: 15-400 Hz
Duty time 100 %
Measuring circuit T1-T2 T1-T2/T2x, 1T1...6T1-T2 1T1...6T1-T2
Monitoring function temperature monitoring by means of PTC sensors
Number of senor circuits 1 1, 2 oder 3 (see order. details) 6
Short-circuit monitoring - see ordering details yes
Non-volatile fault storage - see ordering details configurable
Test function - see ordering details yes
Sensor circuit
Temperature threshold (relay de-energizes) 2.7-3.7 kq CM-MSS (1+2): 3050550 q 3.6 kq 5 %
CM-MSS (3-7): 3.6 kq 5 %
Temperature hysteresis (relay energizes) 1.7-2.3 kq CM-MSS (1+2): 1900400 q 1.6 kq 5 %
CM-MSS (3-7): 1.6 kq 5 %
Short-circuit threshold (relay de-energizes) <18 q
Short-circuit hysteresis (relay energizes) >45 q
Maximum total resistance of sensors connected in series
(cold state) 1.5 kq
Maximum sensor cable length for short-circuit detection 2 x 100 m at 0.75 mm 2, 2 x 400 m at 2.5 mm 2
Response time <100 ms
Control circuit for storage and hysteresis function
Remote reset S1-T2 or S1/X1-S2/X2 - n/o contact
Maximum no-load voltage - approx. 25 V, 24-240 V; AC/DC versions: 5.5 V
Maximum cable length -  50 m, 100-200 m if shielded
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage U: green LED - V: control supply voltage applied
Fault indication F: red LED - V: output relay de-energized
11-12/14, 21-22/24,
Output circuits 13-14 13-14, 21-22
13-14, 21-22
Kind of output 1 n/o contact CM-MSS (1): 1 c/o contact 1 n/o + 1 n/c contact
CM-MSS (2,3,5): 2 c/o contacts
CM-MSS (4, 7): 1 n/o + 1 n/c
CM-MSS (6): 2x1 c/o contact
Operational principle closed-circuit principle (output relay de-energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below
the adjusted threshold)
Contact material AgCdO CM-MSS (1+2+6): AgCdO AgNi
CM-MSS (3+4+5+7): AgNi
Rated voltage (VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60947-1) 250 V
Maximum switching voltage 250 V
Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) at 230 V4A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) at 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) at 24 V4A
DC13 (resistive) at 24 V2 A (1.5 A - n/c contact1))
AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code)
(UL 508) max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5 A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 (10 1) ) x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c contact 10 A fast-acting 4 A (10 A1)) fast-acting 10 A fast-acting
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting 6 A (10 A1)) fast-acting 10 A fast-acting
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 78 x 78.5 mm 22.5 x 78 x 100 mm 45 x 78 x 100 mm
(0.89 x 3.07 x 3.09 in) (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.94 in) (1.77 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
Weight approx. 0.11 kg (0.24 lb) approx. 0.15 kg (0.33 lb) approx. 0.23 kg (0.51 lb)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Ambient temperature range operation -20...+60 °C -25...+65 °C
storage -40...+85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)

1SVR 430 710 R 0200, 1SVR 430 8xx R xxxx

1)

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/98
 Thermistor motor protection relays
Technical data,

Type CM-MSE CM-MSS CM-MSN

Electrical connection
Wire size fine strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 1.5 mm 2 (2 x 16 AWG) 2 x 2.5 mm 2 (2 x 14 AWG)
fine strand without 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm 2 2 x 0.75-2.5 mm 2
wire end ferrule (2 x 18-16 AWG) (2 x 18-14 AWG)
2 rigid 2 x 1-1.5 mm 2
(2 x 18-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-4 mm 2
(2 x 20-12 AWG)
Stripping length 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm 2 2 x 0.5-4 mm 2
(2 x 18-16 AWG) (2 x 20-12 AWG)
Tightening torque 10 mm (0.39 inch) 7 mm (0.28 inch)
Standards
Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EEC
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient /burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3/4 (1/2 kV)
conducted disturbances, induced by IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
radio-frequency fields
Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6) 6g 4g 5g
Resistance to vibration (IEC 68-2-6) 10 g 6g 10 g
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30 ) 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Isolation data
Rated voltage between supply, measuring and output circuit 250 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III

CM-MSE CM-MSS(1) CM-MSS(2) CM-MSS(3)

1SVC 110 000 F0144

1SVC 110 000 F0141

1SVC 110 000 F0141

2CDC 252 123 F0b07

T2
T2
L1 L2 L3

M
T1
ϑ ϑ ϑ
3

S1
X1

CM-MSS (4) CM-MSS (5) CM-MSS(6)

CM-MSS(7)
1SVC 110 000 F0145

2CDC 252 044 F0004

S1/X1
1SVC 110 000 F0146

1SVC 110 000 F0147

T1
L1 L2 L3

T2

S2/X2

jumper = no storage

CM-MSN

1T1-T2 Sensor circuits

2T1-T2
3T1-T2
S1-T2 Remote reset jumpered = no storage

1SVC 110 000 F0521 S1-T2 jumpered = no storage

2/99 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Thermistor motor protection relays
Connection diagrams

CM-MSE CM-MSS(1) CM-MSS(2)

A1 T1 T2 A1 11 T1
1SVC 110 000 F0140

1SVC 110 000 F0142

A1 11 T1

1SVC 110 000 F519

T2 X1 T2 21

T1 A1 13 T1 A1 11 T1 A1 11 21
2
T2 A2 14 T2 A2 12 14 T2 A2 12 14 22 24
24 22 S1
13 14 A2 14 12 A2 14 12 A2
A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage

T1-T2 Sensor circuit T1-T2 Sensor circuit T1-T2 Sensor circuit

13-14 Output contact - Closed-circuit principle 11-12/14 Output contact - Closed-circuit principle S1-T2 Remote reset X1-T2 jumper = no storage
11-12/14 Output contacts -
21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle

CM-MSS(3) CM-MSS (4) CM-MSS (5)

A1 T2 T1

2CDC 252 147 F0b06

A1 11 21

2CDC 252 016 F0004

A1 11 T2x
1SVC 110 000 F0143

T1 T2 21 S2/X2 T1 T2
T1 A1 13 21 T1 A1 11 21
T1 A1 11 21
S1 S1/X1 ϑ
S2/X2

T2 A2 12 14 22 24 T2 A2 14 22 T2 A2 12 14 22 24
S1 22 24 S1 13 14 S1/X1 12 14
14 12 A2 21 22 A2 22 24 A2

A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage
S1-T2 Remote reset jumper = without storage T1-T2 Sensor circuit T1-T2 Sensor circuit
T1-T2x measuring circuit without short-circuit monitoring S1-T2 Remote reset S1/X1-S2/X2 Reset
T1-T2 measuring circuit with short-circuit monitoring 13-14 Output contacts - 11-12/14 Output contacts -
21-22 Closed-circuit principle 21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle
11-12/14 Output contacts -
21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle

CM-MSS(6) CM-MSS(7) CM-MSN

1SVC 110 000 F0148

1SVC 110 000 F0149

1SVC 110 000 F0150

A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage
11-12/14, Output contacts - 13-14 Output contacts - 13-14 Output contacts -
21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle 21-22 Closed-circuit principle 21-22 Closed-circuit principle
1T1-T2 Sensor circuit
2T1-T2

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/100
 Temperature monitoring relays
Product group picture

2/101 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Temperature monitoring relays
Table of contents

Temperature monitoring relays

Product group picture 99
Table of contents 100
Benefits and adv antages, Applications 101
2
Operating controls 102
Selection 103
Ordering details 104
Function diagrams 105
Overview, functional description and diagrams 106
Connection diagrams, Resistance thermometer sensors 107
Technical data - CM-TCS.xx 108
Technical data - C51x 110

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/102
 Temperature monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages, Applications

Overview Functional description

The temperature monitoring relays can be used for temperature measure- The temperature monitoring relays CM-TCS monitor overtemperature,
ment in solid, liquid and gaseous media. The temperature is acquired by undertemperature, or temperatures between two threshold values (window
the sensor in the medium, evaluated by the device and monitored to monitoring) with PT100 sensor. As soon as the temperature falls below or
determine whether it is within an operating range (range monitoring func- exceeds the threshold value the output relays change their positions
tion) or has exceeded or fallen below a threshold. according to the configured functionality and the front-face LEDs display
2 the current status. Regardless of the selected configuration, the device is
monitoring its measuring circuit for interrupted wires or short‑circuits.

Characteristics CM-TCS Characteristics C512 + C513

 Adjustable sensor type: PT100  Adjustable sensor types: PT100, PT1000, KTY83, KTY84,
 Functionality like overtemperature monitoring, undertemperature moni- NTC-B57227-K333-A1
toring, temperature window monitoring configurable  Measuring principle for 2-wire and 3-wire sensors
 All configurations and adjustments by front-face operating elements  Temperature monitor for 1-3 sensor circuits
 Precise adjustment with direct reading scales  Adjustable over-, undertemperature monitoring or range moni-
 One or two threshold values toring function
 Hysteresis 2...20 % adjustable  2 thresholds
 Operating temperature range -40...+60 °C  Hysteresis for both thresholds (1-99 Kelvin)
 1 x 2 c/o or 2 x 1 c/o configurable  Adjustable time delay from 0-999 s affects to both thresholds
 Open- or closed-circuit principle configurable  Storage function selectable via external signal (Y1-Y2)
 Short-circuit monitoring and interrupted wire detection  Non volatile storage of parameter settings
 22.5 mm (0.89 in) width  1 n/o (for wire-break and short-circuit detection) and 2 c/o
 LEDs for status indication  Multifunctional digital display
 3 LEDs for status indication
 Open- or closed-circuit principle selectable
 45 mm wide housing with 24 terminals

C512
 Temperature monitor for 1 sensor circuit

C513
 Temperature monitor for 1-3 sensor circuits
 In the 3-sensor version the status of the single
sensors is displayed if the temperature exceeds
or falls below the threshold. This way it can be
easily determined which one of the connected
sensors has exceeded or dropped below either
one or both threshold values.

2/103 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Temperature monitoring relays
Operating controls

S-Range Housing
1 Adjustment of the hysteresis for threshold value t1
2 Adjustment of the threshold value t1
3 Indication of operational states 2
U: green LED – status indication of control supply voltage
t: red LED – fault message, state of measuring input
R: yellow LED – status indication of the output relays

1 4 Adjustment of the hysteresis for threshold value t2

5 Adjustment of the threshold value t2
2
6 DIP switch functions / marker label (on page 2/108)
p Overtemperature monitoring
3 q Undertemperature monitoring
r Temperature window monitoring activated
4 s Temperature window monitoring de-activated
g Closed-circuit principle
5
h Open-circuit principle
i 2 x 1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j 1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/104
 Temperature monitoring relays
Selection

1SAR 700 016 R0005

1SAR 700 016 R0010
1SAR 700 016 R0010
1SVR 730 740 R9100
1SVR 740 740 R9100
1SVR 730 740 R0100
1SVR 740 740 R0100
1SVR 730 740 R9200
1SVR 740 740 R9200
1SVR 730 740 R0200
1SVR 740 740 R0200
1SVR 730 740 R9300
1SVR 740 740 R9300
1SVR 730 740 R0300

1SVR 740 740 R0300

Order number
New range
2

CM-TCS.21S
CM-TCS.21P
CM-TCS.11S
CM-TCS.11P
CM-TCS.22S
CM-TCS.22P
CM-TCS.12S
CM-TCS.12P
CM-TCS.23S
CM-TCS.23P
CM-TCS.13S

CM-TCS.13P
Type

C512-24
C512-W
C513-W
Rated control supply voltage Us
24 V AC/DC J J J J J J J
24-240 V AC/DC J J J J J J J J
Technology
analogue J J J J J J J J J J J J
digital J J J
Sensor circuits (2 or 3 wire)
number of temperature sensors 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
number of thresholds 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
Sensor type
PT100 J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
PT100, KTY83, KTY84, NTC, PT1000 J J J
Measuring temperature range
-50...+50 °C J J J J
0...+100 °C J J J J
0...+200 °C J J J J
-50...+500 °C J J J
Monitoring function
overtemperature J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
undertemperature J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
window temperature J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Operating principle
open or closed principle J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
Output contacts
n/o 1 1 1
c/o 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2/105 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Temperature monitoring relays
Ordering details

Description
Acquisition, messaging and regulation of temperatures of solid, liquid and gaseous media in
processes and machines via PT100, PT1000, KTY83, KTY84 or NTC sensors.
ABB offers different temperature monitoring relays to meet the needs of your application: 2

Ordering details - Temperature monitoring relays PT100 sensors, 2 or 3 wire connection, 2 thresholds
adjustable
Rated control Measuring Type Order code Price Weight
supply voltage range (1 pce)

1 pce kg (lb)
2CDC 251 031 V0012

CM-TCS.11S 1SVR730740R0100 0.151 (0.333)

-50...+50 °C
CM-TCS.11P 1SVR740740R0100 0.140 (0.309)
CM-TCS.12S 1SVR730740R0200 0.151 (0.333)
24-240 V AC/DC 0...+100 °C
CM-TCS.12P 1SVR740740R0200 0.140 (0.309)
CM-TCS CM-TCS.13S 1SVR730740R0300 0.151 (0.333)
0...+200 °C
CM-TCS.13P 1SVR740740R0300 0.140 (0.309)
CM-TCS.21S 1SVR730740R9100 0.138 (0.304)
-50...+50 °C
CM-TCS.21P 1SVR740740R9100 0.127 (0.280)
CM-TCS.22S 1SVR730740R9200 0.138 (0.304)
24 V AC/DC 0...+100 °C
CM-TCS.22P 1SVR740740R9200 0.127 (0.280)
CM-TCS.23S 1SVR730740R9300 0.138 (0.304)
0...+200 °C
CM-TCS.23P 1SVR740740R9300 0.127 (0.280)

Ordering details - Temperature monitoring relays C51x range with display and digital setup
Rated control sup- Measuring Type 2) Order code Price Weight
ply voltage range (1 pce)

1 pce kg (lb)
24 V AC/DC C512-24 1SAR700100R0005 0.32 (0.71)
24-240 V AC/DC -50...+500 °C 1) C512-W 1SAR700100R0010 0.33 (0.73)
24-240 V AC/DC C513-W 1SAR700110R0010 0.34 (0.75)
1SVC 110 000 F0557

1)
The measuring range depends on the used sensor type:
 PT100: -50...+500 °C
 PT1000: -50...+500 °C
C512, C513  NTC: +80...+160 °C
(Typ Siemens Matsushita B57272-A333-A1 - 100 °C: 1,8 kW, 25 °C: 32,762 kW)
 KTY84: -40...+300 °C
 KTY83: -50...+175 °C

3)
PT100 sensors, PT1000, KTY83, KTY84, NTC-B57227-K333-A1, 2 or 3 wire connection, 2 thresholds, multifunctional display
Open- or closed-circuit principle adjustable, 1 n/o, 2 c/o contacts

Ordering details - Replaceable cover marking for digital devices

Use for Language Type Order code Price Weight
(1 pce)
5 pces kg (lb)
C512 German C512-D 1SVR700101R0100
C512 English C512-E 1SVR700102R0100
C513 German C513-D 1SVR700111R0100
C513 English C513-E 1SVR700112R0100

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/106
 Temperature monitoring relays
Function diagrams

CM-TCS - Overtemperature monitoring, 1 x 2 c/o contacts j Overtemperature monitoring, 2 x 1 c/o contact i

With this configuration, settings via t2 have no influence on the operating function (t2 disabled). Open-circuit principle:

Open-circuit principle: If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied.
If the measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t2, output relay R2 (prewarning) energizes. If the
If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied. measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t1, output relay R1 (final switch-off) energizes.
If the measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t1, the output relays energize. If the measured If the measured value drops again below the adjusted threshold value t1 minus the adjusted hysteresis, output

2 value drops again below the adjusted threshold value t1 minus the adjusted hysteresis, the output relays
de-energize.
relay R1 (final switch-off) de-energizes. If the measured value drops below the adjusted threshold value t2
minus the adjusted hysteresis, output relay R2 (prewarning) de-energizes.
Closed-circuit principle:
Closed-circuit principle:
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle.
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle. A1-A2

Threshold ϑ1
A1-A2
Hysteresis
Threshold ϑ1
Hysteresis Threshold ϑ2

Measured value Hysteresis

Measured value
Open-circuit principle open

11-14 Open-circuit principle open

11-12 11-14
21-24 11-12
21-22 21-24
U: green LED 21-22

ϑ: red LED U: green LED

2CDC 252 009 F0209

R: yellow LED ϑ: red LED
2CDC 252 008 F0209

Closed-circuit principle closed R: yellow LED

11-14 Closed-circuit principle closed

11-12 11-14
21-24 11-12
21-22 21-24
U: green LED 21-22

ϑ: red LED U: green LED

R: yellow LED ϑ: red LED

R: yellow LED

Undertemperature monitoring, 1 x 2 c/o contacts j Undertemperature monitoring, 2 x 1 c/o contact i

With this configuration, settings via t1 have no influence on the operating function (t1 disabled). Open-circuit principle:
Open-circuit principle: If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied. If the
measured value drops below the adjusted threshold value t1, output relay R1 (prewarning) energizes. If the measured
If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied. If the
value drops below the adjusted threshold value t2, output relay R2 (final switch-off) energizes.
measured value drops below the adjusted threshold value t2, the output relays energize. If the measured value
exceeds again the adjusted threshold value t2 plus the adjusted hysteresis, the output relays de-energize. If the measured value exceeds again the adjusted threshold value t2 plus the adjusted hysteresis, output relay R2 (final
switch-off) de-energizes. If the measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t1 plus the adjusted hysteresis,
Closed-circuit principle:
output relay R1 (prewarning) de-energizes.
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle.
Closed-circuit principle:
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle.
A1-A2

Measured value A1-A2

Hysteresis Measured value

Threshold ϑ2 Hysteresis
Threshold ϑ1
Open-circuit principle open

11-14
Hysteresis
11-12
21-24 Threshold ϑ2
21-22
Open-circuit principle open
U: green LED
11-14
ϑ: red LED 11-12
R: yellow LED 21-24
21-22
2CDC 252 010 F0209

Closed-circuit principle closed

U: green LED
2CDC 252 011 F0209
11-14
11-12 ϑ: red LED
21-24 R: yellow LED
21-22
Closed-circuit principle closed

U: green LED
11-14
ϑ: red LED 11-12
R: yellow LED 21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED

Temperature window monitoring, 1 x 2 c/o contacts j Temperature window monitoring, 2 x 1 c/o contact i
Open-circuit principle: Open-circuit principle:
If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied. If the If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied.
measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t1 or drops below the adjusted threshold value t2, the output
If the measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t1 or drops below the adjusted threshold value t2, output
relays energize. If the measured value drops again below the adjusted threshold value t1 minus the adjusted hysteresis
relay R1 (> t1) or R2 (< t2) respectively energizes.
or exceeds again the adjusted threshold value t2 plus the adjusted hysteresis, the output relays de-energize.
If the measured value drops again below the adjusted threshold value t1 minus the adjusted hysteresis or exceeds
Closed-circuit principle:
again the adjusted threshold value t2 plus the adjusted hysteresis, output relay R1 (>t1) or R2 (<t2) respectively
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle. de-energizes.
Closed-circuit principle:
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle.

A1-A2
A1-A2
Threshold ϑ1
Threshold ϑ1
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Measured value
Measured value
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Threshold ϑ2
Threshold ϑ2
Open-circuit principle open

Open-circuit principle open 11-14

11-14 11-12
11-12 21-24
21-24 21-22
21-22
U: green LED
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
ϑ: red LED
2CDC 252 013 F0209

R: yellow LED
2CDC 252 012 F0209

R: yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle closed

Closed-circuit principle closed

11-14
11-14 11-12
11-12 21-24
21-24 21-22
21-22
U: green LED
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
R: yellow LED

2/107 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Temperature monitoring relays
Overview, Functional description and diagrams

Functional description Function diagrams

Digital tripping devices Overtemperature - C512/C513

Once the temperature has reached the set threshold of υ1, output relay Open-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
K1 changes its switching state after the set time delay t has elapsed (K2
reacts in the same way for υ2). 1 1
2

1SVC 110 000 F0191

1SVC 110 000 F0192

2 2

Us Us
t
Characteristic curves of resistance sensors K1
t
K1
t
K2 K2
t
t t

5000
NTC Undertemperature - C512/C513
4000 Open-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
Resistance in 

3000 J1 J1
KTY83 KTY84 PT1000

1SVC 110 000 F0193

1SVC 110 000 F0194

J2 J2
2000
2CDC 252 076 F0207

Us Us
t
K2 K2
1000 t
t
PT100 K1 K1
t t t
0
-100 0 100 200 300 400 500
Temperature in °C Range monitoring - C512/C513
Open-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle

1 1

1SVC 110 000 F0195

1SVC 110 000 F0196

2 2

Us Us
t
K1 K1
t t
K2 K2 t
t t

Function principle with storage function - C512/C513

using overtemperature with closed-circuit principle as an example

2
1SVC 110 000 F0197

absolute limit
Us

Y1-Y2
hysteresis
DIP switches CM-TCS K1
K2
t
t
t
Position 4 3 2 1

ON igrp
OFF jhs q
ON OFF (default)
DIP switch 1 Overtemperature monitoring p Undertemperature monitoring q
If overtemperature monitoring is selected, the CM-TCS recognizes If undertemperature monitoring is selected, the CM‑TCS recognizes
Monitoring principle
temperatures above the selected threshold and trips the output relay temperatures below the selected threshold and trips the output relay
according to the selected operating principle. according to the selected operating principle.
DIP switch 2 Temperature window monitoring activated r Temperature window monitoring de-activated s
If temperature window monitoring is selected, the CM‑TCS monitors Temperature window monitoring is de-selected.
Temperature window
over- and undertemperature. If temperature window monitoring is acti-
monitoring vated, DIP switch 1 is disabled.

DIP switch 3 Closed-circuit principle g Open-circuit principle h

If closed-circuit principle is selected, the output relays are energized. If open-circuit principle is selected, the output relays are deenergized.
Operating principle
They de-energize if a fault is occuring. They energize if a fault is occuring.
of the output relays
DIP switch 4 2 x 1 c/o (SPDT) contact i 1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts j
If operating principle 2 x 1 c/o contact is selected, the output relay If operating principle 1 x 2 c/o contacts is selected, both output relays
2 x 1 c/o contact,
R1 (11-12/14) reacts to threshold value t1 and the output relay R2 (21- R1 (11-12/14) and R2 (21-22/24) react synchronously to one threshold
1 x 2 c/o contacts 22/24) reacts to threshold value t 2. value.
Overtemperature monitoring: Settings of the threshold value t 2 have no
effect on the operation.
Undertemperature monitoring: Settings of the threshold values t 2 have
no effect on the operation.

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/108
 Temperature monitoring relays
Connection diagrams, Resistance thermometer sensors

Connection diagrams

Y1 Y2 A1 Y1 Y2 A1
15 K1 15
Memory K1 Memory
A1 11 21 18 1T1 18
T1 1 1
16 1T2 16
2 T3 T2 T1 T2
T3 K2 25 1T3 K2 25

1SVC 110 000 F0202

2T1
2 28 2 28
2T2
26 26
2T3
K3 33 33
T1 T2 T3 11 21 3T1 K3
Ready 34 3T2 Ready 34
3T3
A2 A2

A1 A2 12 14 22 24 C512 C513
2CDC 252 025 F0010

A1-A2 Rated control suppy A1-A2 Rated control suppy

24 22 voltage voltage
15-16/18 Output contacts 15-16/18 Output contacts
14 12 A2 25-26/28 25-26/28
33-34 33-34
CM-TCS T1-T3 Sensor connection 1T1-1T3 Sensor connection 1
Y1-Y2 Connection for 2T1-2T3 Sensor connection 2
A1-A2 Control supply voltage storage bridge
11-12/14 Output relay R1 3T1-3T3 Sensor connection 3
21-22/24 Output relay R2 Y1-Y2 Connection for
T1, T2, T3 Measuring input, connection PT100 storage bridge

Connection of resistance thermometer sensors

2-wire measurement 3-wire measurement

When using 2-wire temperature sensors the sensor resistance and the To minimize the influence of the wire resistance, a three-wire connection
wire resistance are added together. is usually used.
The resulting systematic errors must be taken into account when adjus- By means of the additional wire two measuring circuits are created. One
ting the tripping device. of these two circuits is used for reference. This way, the tripping device
PT100 can calculate and take into PT100
A jumper must be connected bet- account the wire resistance
ween the terminals T2 and T3. automatically.
The following table can be used for
2CDC 252 021 F0010

2CDC 252 022 F0010

PT100 sensors to determine the
temperature errors caused by the T1 T2 T3 T1
line length. T2 T3
When using resistance sensors with
two-wire connection a bridge must
be inserted between terminals T2
and T3.

Error caused by the line

The error resulting from the line resistance amounts to approx. 2.5 Kelvin/ Electrical isolation
Ohm. If the resistance of the line is not known and it is not possible to
measure it, the error caused by the line can be estimated using the fol- 11 12 14 11 12 14
lowing table.

T1 21 T1 21
2CDC 252 019 F0010

2CDC 252 020 F0010

Temperature error T2 22 T2 22
(depending on the line length and conductor cross section for PT100 T3 24 T3 24
sensors at an ambient temperature of 20 °C, in K)
24 V AC/DC 24-240 V AC/DC
Line length in m Wire size mm2 A1 A2 A1 A2

0.50 0.75 1 1.5

0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Electrical isolation
10 1.8 1.2 0.9 0.6
25 4.5 3.0 2.3 1.5
50 9.0 6.0 4.5 3.0
75 13.6 9.0 6.8 4.5 Protective searation acc. to IEC/EN 61140; EN 50178
100 18.1 12.1 9.0 6.0
200 36.3 24.2 18.1 12.1
500 91.6 60.8 45.5 30.2

2/109 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Temperature monitoring relays
Technical data - CM-TCS.xx

Type CM-TCS.11/12/13 CM-TCS.21/22/23

Input circuit
Rated control supply voltage Us A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC
Rated control supply voltage Us tolerance -15...+10 %
Typical current / power / consumption 24 V DC
115 V AC
33 mA / 0.8 VA
12.5 mA / 1.5 VA
18 mA / 0.45 VA
n/a
2

230 V AC 13 mA / 2.9 VA n/a
Rated frequency AC 15-400 Hz 50/60 Hz
Frequency range AC 13.5-440 Hz 45-65 Hz
Power failure buffering time min. 20 ms
Measuring circuit T1, T2, T3
Sensor type PT100
Connection of the sensor 2-wire yes, jumper between T2-T3
3-wire yes, use terminal T1, T2, T3
Monitoring function overtemperature, undertemperature or window monitoring
Threshold values adjustable within the measuring range CM-TCS.x1 -50…+50 °C
CM-TCS.x2 0…+100 °C
CM-TCS.x3 0…+200 °C
Number of possible thresholds 2
Tolerance of the adjusted threshold value typ. ±5 % of the range end value
Hysteresis related to the threshold value 2-20 % of threshold value, min. 1 °C
Measuring principle continuous current
Typical current in the sensor circuit 0.8 mA
Maximum current in sensor circuit 0.9 mA
Interrupted wire detection yes, indicated via LED status
Short-circuit detection yes, indicated via LED status
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance < 0.2 °C / or < 0.01 %/K
Accuracy within the temperature range < 0.2 °C / or < 0.01 %/K
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) < 0.2 % of full scale
Maximum measuring cycle 320 ms
Output circuit
Kind of output 2 x 1 or 1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts configurable
Operating principle open- or closed-circuit principle configurable 1)
Contact material AgNi alloy, Cd free
Rated operational voltage (IEC/EN 60947-1) 250 V AC / 300 V DC
Minimum switching voltage / Minimum switching current 24 V / 10 mA
Maximum switching voltage / Maximum switching current see ‘Load limit curves'
Rated operating current Ie (IEC/EN 60947-1-5) AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A
AC15 (inductive 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A
AC Rating (UL508) utilization category B 300, pilot duty general purpose (250 V, 4 A, cos ϕ 0.75)
maximum rated operational voltage 250 V AC
maximum continuous thermal current at B 300 4A
maximum making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Maximum fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c contact 6 A fast-acting
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
Conventional thermal current Ith acc. IEC/EN 60947-1 4A
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
Mounting position any
Screw connection technology Easy Connect Technology (push-in)
Weight net weight CM-TCS.1x 0.151 kg (0.333 lb) 0.140 kg (0.309 lb)
CM-TCS.2x 0.138 kg (0.304 lb) 0.127 kg (0.280 lb)
gross weight CM-TCS.1x 0.176 kg (0.388 lb) 0.165 kg (0.364 lb)
CM-TCS.2x 0.163 kg (0.360 lb) 0.152 kg (0.335 lb)
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20
Ambient temperature range operation -40...+60 °C
storage/transport -40...+85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
1)
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/110
 Temperature monitoring relays
Technical data - CM-TCS.xx

Type CM-TCS.11/12/13) CM-TCS.21/22/23

Electrical connection
Wire size Screw connection technology Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
fine-strand without wire A1, A2, 11, 12, 14, 21, 22, 24 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm² (1 x 20-14 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm² (2 x 20-16 AWG)
end ferrule 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm² (2 x 20-16 AWG) connection with lever
2 T1, T2, T3 1 x 0.2-2.5 mm² (1 x 24-14 AWG) 2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG)
2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG) connection with lever
fine-strand with wire A1, A2, 11, 12, 14, 21, 22, 24 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm² (1 x 20-14 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm² (2 x 20-16 AWG)
end ferrule 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm² (2 x 20-16 AWG) connection: push-in
T1, T2, T3 1 x 0.2-2.5 mm² (1 x 24-14 AWG) 2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG)
2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG) insulated ferrule (DIN 46228-4-E):
connection: push-in
ferrule (DIN 46228-1-A):
< 0.5 mm², connection with lever
M 0.5 mm², connection: push-in
rigid A1, A2, 11, 12, 14, 21, 22, 24 1 x 0.5-4 mm² (1 x 20-12 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm² (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm² (2 x 20-14 AWG) connection: push-in
T1, T2, T3 1 x 0.2-4 mm² (1 x 24-12 AWG) 2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG)
2 x 0.2-2.5 mm² (2 x 24-14 AWG) < 0.5 mm², connection with lever
M 0.5 mm², connection: push-in
Stripping length 8 mm (0.32 in)
Tightening torque < 0.5 mm² 0.5 Nm (4.43 lb.in) -
M 0.5 mm² 0.6 - 0.8 Nm (5.31 - 7.08 lb.in) -
Standards
Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6: 2008
Other standards EN 50178, IEC/EN 60204
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges operation/storage/ transport -40...+60°C/-40...+85°C/-40...+85°C
Climatic category 3K5 (no condensation, no ice formation)
Damp heat, cyclic 6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Vibration, sinusoidal Class 2
Shock Class 2
Isolation data
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp between all supply circuit / 4 kV -
isolated circuits measuring circuit
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1) supply circuit / output circuits 4 kV
measuring circuit / output circuits 4 kV
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2 4 kV
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1) 3
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1) III
Rated insulation voltage Ui supply circuit / measuring circuit 300 V -
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1) supply circuit / output circuits 300 V
measuring circuit / output circuits 300 V
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2 300 V
Basis isolation for rated control supply voltage supply circuit / measuring circuit 250 V AC / 300 V DC -
(IEC/EN 60664-1) supply circuit / output circuits 250 V AC / 300 V DC
measuring circuit / output circuits 250 V AC / 300 V DC
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2 250 V AC / 300 V DC
Protective separation (IEC/EN 61140, EN 50178) supply circuit / measuring circuit 250 V AC / 250 V DC -
supply circuit / output circuits 250 V AC / 300 V DC 250 V AC / 250 V DC
measuring circuit / output circuits 250 V AC / 300 V DC 250 V AC / 250 V DC
Test voltage between all isolated circuits, routine test supply circuit / measuring circuit 2.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s -
(IEC/EN 60255-5, IEC/EN 61010-1) supply circuit / output circuits 2.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
measuring circuit / output circuits 2.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Test voltage between all isolated circuits, type test supply circuit / measuring circuit 4.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s -
(IEC/EN 60255-5) supply circuit / output circuits 4.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
measuring circuit / output circuits 4.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61326-2-4
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3, 6 kV / 8 kV
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3, 10 V/m (1 GHz) / 3 V/m (2 GHz) / 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
electrical fast transient/burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3, 2 KV / 5 kHz
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, installation class 3, supply circuit and measuring circuit 1 kV L-L, 2 kV
L-earth
conducted disturbances, induced by radio-fre- IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 10 V
quency fields
voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Class 3
variations
harmonics and interharmonics IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
Interference emission EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B

2/111 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Temperature monitoring relays
Technical data - C51x

Type C512 C513

Input circuit
Rated control supply voltage Us A1-A2 24 V AC/DC -
A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC
Power consumption AC < 7 VA

DC <4W 2
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15...+10 %
Rated frequency AC
Sensor circuit
Sensor type PT100, PT1000, KTY83, KTY84, NTC
Sensor current PT100 typ. 1 mA
PT1000, KTY83, KTY84, NTC typ. 0.2 mA
Wire-break detection yes (not for NTC)
Short-circuit detection yes
3-wire connection yes (2-wire connection of sensors with terminals T2 and T3 bridged)
Measuring circuit
Setting accuracy at Ta = 20 °C (T20) < ±2 K ± 1 digit
Accuracy within the temperature range 0.05 °C / °C deviation from T20
Response time 500 ms
Hysteresis settings temperature 1 1-99 kelvin
temperature 2 1-99 kelvin
Tripping delay 0-999 s
Output circuit
Kind of output 2 c/o + 1n/o 2 c/o + 1 n/o
Rated operating current Ie (IEC/EN 60947-1-5) AC12 (resistive) 230 V n/a
AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 1A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 0.1 A
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC15 at 3 A) 0.1 x 10 5 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection 4 A, operating class gL/gG
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 x 105.9 x 86 mm (1.77 x 4.17 x 3.39 in)
Tightening torque 0.8-1.2 Nm
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP 40 / IP 20
Ambient temperature range operation -25...+60 °C
storage -40...+80 °C
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
Electrical connection
Wire size rigid 1 x 4 mm² (1 x 12 AWG), 2 x 2.5 mm² (2 x 14 AWG)
fine-strand with wire end ferrule 1 x 2.5 mm² (1 x 14 AWG), 2 x 1.5 mm² (2 x 16 AWG)
Standards
Environmental conditions IEC 60721-3-3
Low Voltage Directive IEC 60947-5-1, VDE 0660
Electromagnetic compatibility Interference immunity EN 61000-6-2
Interferenece emission EN 61000-6-4
Vibration resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 5-26 Hz / 0.75 mm
Shock resistance (IEC 68-2-27) 15 g / 11 ms
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage 300 V AC
Pollution degree 3

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/112
 Liquid level monitors and controls
Product group picture

2/113 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Liquid level monitors and controls
Table of contents

Liquid level monitors and controls

Product group picture 111
Table of contents 112
Benefits and advantages 113
2
Operating controls 114
Ordering details 115
Ordering details - Accessories 116
Function diagrams 117
Connection diagrams 119
Application examples 120
Application examples 121
Technical data 122

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/114
 Liquid level monitors and controls
Benefits and advantages

CM-ENE MIN/MAX
 Monitoring of pump systems for dry running (ENE MIN) and overflow (ENE MAX)
 Connection of 2 electrodes possible at C and MIN/MAX
 3 supply voltage versions
 Optimal price/performance ratio
2  1 n/o contact: Open-circuit principle for CM-ENE MIN, Closed-circuit principle for CM-ENE MAX
 LED for status indication

CM-ENS
 Monitoring and control of liquid levels (when draining or filling liquids in tanks)
 Monitoring and control of mixture ratios (conductivity of liquids)
 Adjustable response sensitivity 5-100 kq
 4 supply voltage versions 24 - 415 V AC
 Version with protective separation acc. to VDE 0160 J
 Cascadable
 1 c/o contact or 1 n/o and 1 n/c contact
 2 LEDs for status indication

CM-ENS UP/DOWN
 Monitoring and control of liquid levels
 Selectable function "fill" or "drain"
 Adjustable response sensitivity 5-100 kq
 Cascadable
 1 c/o contact
 2 LEDs for status indication

CM-ENN
 Monitoring and control of liquid levels (when emptying or filling liquids in tanks)
 Monitoring and control of mixture ratios (conductivity of liquids)
 3 response sensitivities from 250 q - 500 kq in one unit
 5 supply voltage versions 24 V AC/DC - 415 V AC
 Selectable ON- or OFF-delay 0.1-10 s
 2 c/o contacts
 2 LEDs for status indication

CM-ENN UP/DOWN
 Liquid level relay with 5 electrode inputs
 Level control with integrated overflow and dry-running protection
 Adjustable response sensitivity 5-100 k
 Cascadable
 1 c/o contact and 2 n/c contacts as alarm outputs
 4 LEDs for status indication

2/115 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Liquid level monitors and controls
Operating controls

CM-ENS

1 1 „Sens.“ - sensitivity potentiometer for adjusting the response sensitivity

2 Indication of operational states
R: yellow LED - relay status
2 U: green LED -control supply voltage
3 Marker label

CM-ENN

1 1 „Function.“ - function selector switch:

„UP“- fi ll
„DOWN“ - drain
2 „Sens.“ - potentiometer for adjusting the response sensitivity
3 Indication of operational states
R: MIN/MAX: yellow LED - relay status MIN/MAX
2 U: green LED - control supply voltage
R AL1: yellow LED - relay status AL1
R AL2: yellow LED - relay status AL2
3 4 Marker label

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/116
 Liquid level monitors and controls
Ordering details

Description
ABB‘s liquid level monitoring relays for regulation and control of liquid levels and ratios of mix-
tures of conductive fluids.
2 The assortment includes single function and multifunction monitoring relays which can be
used for overflow and dry-running protection, for filling and draining applications, for max and
min alarm or any combination of such functions. Furthermore a wide range of accessories is
available
1SVR 550 851 F9500

Ordering details
Rated control supply voltage Type Order code Price Weight
(1 pce)
1 pce kg (lb)
CM-ENE MIN
24 V AC 1SVR550855R9500 0.15 (0.33)
110-130 V AC CM-ENE MIN 1SVR550850R9500 0.15 (0.33)
220-240 V AC 1SVR550851R9500 0.15 (0.33)
24 V AC 1SVR550855R9400 0.15 (0.33)
110-130 V AC CM-ENE MAX 1SVR550850R9400 0.15 (0.33)
220-240 V AC 1SVR550851R9400 0.15 (0.33)
24 V AC 1SVR430851R9100 0.15 (0.33)
1SVR550 851 F9400

110-130 V AC 1SVR430851R0100 0.15 (0.33)

220-240 V AC CM-ENS 1SVR430851R1100 0.15 (0.33)
380-415 V AC 1SVR430851R2100 0.15 (0.33)
220-240 V AC 1) 1SVR430851R1300 0.15 (0.33)
CM-ENE MAX
24 V AC 1SVR430851R9200 0.15 (0.33)
110-130 V AC CM-ENS 1SVR430851R0200 0.15 (0.33)
UP/DOWN
220-240 V AC 1SVR430851R1200 0.15 (0.33)
24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR450055R0000 0.30 (0.66)
24 V AC 1SVR450059R0000 0.30 (0.66)
110-130 V AC CM-ENN 1SVR450050R0000 0.30 (0.66)
220-240 V AC 1SVR450051R0000 0.30 (0.66)
380-415 V AC 1SVR450052R0000 0.30 (0.66)
24 V AC 1SVR450059R0100 0.15 (0.33)
1SVR 430 851 F1100

110-130 V AC CM-ENN 1SVR450050R0100 0.15 (0.33)

220-240 V AC UP/DOWN 1SVR450051R0100 0.15 (0.33)
380-415 V AC 1SVR450052R0100 0.15 (0.33)
CM-ENS
1)
Version with protective separation acc. to VDE 0160, 1 n/o, 1 n/c

Liquid level monitors are

Suitable for Not suitable for

spring water acids, bases chemically pure water ethylene glycol
1SVR 450 055 F0000

drinking water liquid fertilizers fuel concentrated alcohol

sea water milk, beer, coffee oils paraffin
sewage non-concentrated alcohol explosive areas (liquid gas) lacquers

CM-ENN

2/117 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
 Liquid level monitors and controls
Ordering details - Accessories

Compact support CM-KH-3 for 3 bar electrodes

 Ideally suited for use with liquid level relays CM-ENS and CM-ENN Compact support CM-KH-3 (Dimensions in mm)
 Wire connection by screw terminals
 Pull relief by M16 screwed cable glands
 Temperature range up to 90 °C 2
 Food safe material (PPH)
 Screw-in electrodes (M4 thread)
 Distance plate (CM-AH-3) and locking nut (CM-GM-1) optionally M4 thread

available as an accessory

M16 screwed cable gland

1SVR 450 056 F6000

spanner size 36
sealing ring
counter nut CM-GM-1
1" thread

1SVC 110 000 F 0477

1" counter nut CM-GM-1 (order code: 1SVR distance plate CM-AH-3
450 056 R8000) (optional)
electrodes
screw-in bar electrodes
with M4 thread (available as
an option, see below)

distance plate CM-AH-3 (order code: 1SVR

4 450 056 R7000) (optional) Distance plate CM-AH-3 Counter nut CM-GM-1

1SVC 110 000 F 0476

Technical data compact support
1SVC 110 000 F 0475

Type of mounting: G 1" thread

Mounting position: any
Enclosure material: PPH
Sealing: NBR 70
Temperature range: 90 °C max.
Pressure: 10 bar max. (60 °C)

Description Type Order code Price Pkg Weight (1 pce)

qty kg (lb)

Compact support for 3 bar electrodes CM-KH-3 1SVR450056R6000 0.06 (0.132)

Distance plate for 3 bar electrodes CM-AH-3 1SVR450056R7000 1 0.06 (0.132)
Counter nut for 1“ thread CM-GM-1 1SVR450056R8000 0.06 (0.132)

Screw-in bar electrodes for compact support CM-KH-3 Suspension electrode CM-HE
127
1SVC 110 000 F 0479
1SVC 110 000 F0478
➛

Thread M4
1SVC 110 000 F 0522

6.8
Material: stainless steel 304, high- 0.268
grade steel 14301
L

Steel electrode (X14CrMoS17) with

sleeve (Hostalen GC 7260) suitable
up to 60°C max.
➛

During project engineering the compatibility of the electrode material with the medium to be supervised is to be examined!

Lenght Type Order code Price Pkg Weight (1 pce)

qty kg (lb)

300 mm CM-SE-300 1SVR450056R0000 0.08 (0.176)

600 mm CM-SE-600 1SVR450056R0100 0.08 (0.176)
1
1000 mm CM-SE-1000 1SVR450056R0200 0.08 (0.176)
CM-HE CM-HE 1SVR402902R0000 0.08 (0.176)

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/118
 Liquid level monitors and controls
Function diagrams

Function diagram - CM-ENS

1SVC 110 000 F 0155

2 Max.
Min.
C

A1-A2

11-14
11-12

The CM-ENS monitors levels of conductive liquids and is used for example for liquid level control in pump systems. It can be used for filling or draining
tanks for example. It is also suitable for monitoring the conductivity of liquids. The measuring principle is based on the resistance change sensed by sin-
gle-pole electrodes. After the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1 and A2, the output relay is de-energized. The probes must be connected to
C, MAX, MIN. The output relay energizes if the liquid exceeds the maximum level (C and MAX wet) and de-energizes if the liquid level is below the mini-
mum level (MAX and MIN dry). Basedau m on the measuring circuit there will be a response delay of approx. 250 ms at maximum sensitivity. Different
levels in one tank can be controlled by up to 5 CM-ENS without interfering with each other.

Function diagram - CM-ENN UP/DOWN

1SVC 110 000 F 0170

AL2
MAX
MIN
AL1
C

A1-A2
21-22

31-32
"DOWN" 11-14
11-12
"UP" 11-14
11-12

If a metal tank is used, the ground reference electrode C is not required. In this case the cable can be connected directly to the metal surface of the tank.

The CM-ENN UP/DOWN monitors levels of conductive liquids and media and is used e.g. for liquid level control in pump systems. The measuring prin-
ciple is based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes. The function of the output relay 11-12/14 can be selected by a selector switch
on the front of the unit to fill "UP" or drain "DOWN". If the "UP" function is selected, the output relay is energized until the MAX electrode becomes wet.
Then it is de-energized and not re-energized until the MIN electrode becomes dry.If the "DOWN" function is selected, the output relay is energized as
soon as the MAX electrode becomes wet. It remains energized until the liquid level has dropped below the MIN electrode. The electrode inputs AL1 and
AL2 energize/de-energize the correspopnding output relays RAL1 (21-22) and RAL2 (31-32). AL1 opens if contact RAL1 (21-22) is wet. AL2 closes if
contact RAL2 (31-32) is wet. This way, two additional alarm outputs for exceeding or dropping below the normal level can be implemented in addition to
the filling levels MAX and MIN.

Function diagram - CM-ENS UP/DOWN

1SVC 110 000 F 0164

Max.
Min.
C
A1-A2
11-14
"DOWN"
11-12

"UP" 11-14
11-12

The CM-ENS UP/DOWN monitors levels of conductive liquids and other media, and is used e.g. for liquid level control in pump systems.
The measuring principle is based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes. The output relay functions fill (UP) or drain (DOWN) can be
selected on a front-face selector switch. If the "UP" function is selected, the output relay is energized until the MAX electrode becomes wet. Then it is
de-energized and not re-energized until the MIN electrode becomes dry. If the "DOWN" function is selected, the output relay is energized as soon as the
MAX electrode becomes wet. It remains energized until the liquid level has dropped below the MIN electrode. The electrodes can be connected to more
than one CM-ENS unit without interference.

2/119 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Liquid level monitors and controls
Function diagrams

The CM-ENN monitors levels of conductive liquids and is used for example
Function diagrams - CM-ENN for liquid level monitoring in pump control systems, for dry-running protec-
tion of submersible pumps or overflow monitoring of tanks. It is also
Circuit with 2 electrodes suitable for conductivity monitoring of liquids. The measuring principle is
based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes (wet or
dry).
MAX Instead of electrodes, other sensors or transducers can also be used if 2
their output quantities are different resistance values. The measuring, out-

1SVC 110 000 F 0167

MIN
C put and supply circuits are electrically isolated for potential separation and
to prevent electrical interference.
A1-A2
Due to the integrated ON- or OFF-delay, it is possible to set up time-
15/18
dependent liquid controls using only two electrodes (C, MAX). Different
15/16 liquid levels in one tank can be controlled by up to 5 CM-ENN (AC version)
or
without mutual interference.

Circuit with 3 electrodes

MAX
MIN
C 1SVC 110 000 F 0168

A1-A2

15/18
15/16
or
tA = ON-delay, tR = OFF-delay

Function diagram - CM-ENE MIN The liquid level relays CM-ENE MIN and CM-ENE MAX are used to moni-
tor levels of conductive liquids, for example in pump control systems for
dry-running or overflow monitoring.
1SVC 110 000 F 0151

The measuring principle is based on the occurring resistance change

when moisting single-pole electrodes. The single-pole electrodes (see also
MIN section Accessories) are connected to the terminals C and MIN or MAX.
C
If the supply voltage is applied to A1-A2 and the electrodes are wet, the
output relay of the CM-ENE MIN is energized and the output relay of the
CM-ENE MAX is de-energized.
The output relay of the CM-ENE MIN de-energizes if the electrodes are no
A1-A2 longer wet. The output relay of the CM-ENE MAX energizes if the electro-
des are no longer wet.
13-14

Function diagram CM-ENE MAX

1SVC 110 000 F 0152

MIN
C

A1-A2

13-14

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/120
 Liquid level monitors and controls
Connection diagrams

Connection diagram CM-ENE MIN Connection diagram CM-ENE MAX

1SVC 110 000 F 0153

A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage

1SVC 110 000 F 0154

A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage
C Ground reference electrode C Ground reference electrode

2 MIN
13-14
Minimum level
Output contact -open-circuit principle
MAX
13-14
Max. level
Output contact -closed-circuit principle

Connection diagram CM-ENS Connection diagram CM-ENN

A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage
1SVC 110 000 F 0158

1SVC 110 000 F 0169

C Ground reference electrode C Ground reference electrode
MAX Maximum level MIN Min. level electrode
MIN Minimum level MAX Max. level electrode
1115-1216/1418 Output contacts - open-circuit 15-16/18 Output contacts -
principle 25-26/28 open-circuit principle

Connection diagram CM-ENS UP/DOWN Connection diagram CM-ENN UP/DOWN

A1 - A2 Rated control supply voltage A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage

A1 11
2CDC 252 042 F0003

1SVC 110 000 F 0172

C Ground reference electrode C Ground reference electrode

C MAX MIN MAX Maximum level MIN Minimum level electrode
C MAX MIN 11 MIN Minimum level MAX Maximum level electrode
11-12/14 Output contacts - open- AL1 Alarm electrode 1
circuit or closed-circuit AL2 Alarm electrode 2
principle selectable 11-12/14 Output contacts -
A1 A2 12 14 21-22 open-circuit or closed-circuit
31-32 principle selectable

14 12 A2

2/121 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Liquid level monitors and controls
Application examples

Application examples CM-ENE MIN/MAX

CM-ENE MIN CM-ENE MAX CM-ENE MIN und CM-ENE MAX
1SVC 110 000 F 0494

1SVC 110 000 F 0495

1SVC 110 000 F 0496

2

Application examples CM-ENS

fill drain Cascading

1SVC 110 000 F 0159

1SVC 110 000 F 0156

1SVC 110 000 F 0157

The electrode inputs can be intercon-

nected as required, which ensures
simple monitoring of different liquid
levels.

Redundancy

1SVC 110 000 F 0160

Redundant liquid level monito-
ring or control can be
implemented by connecting the
electrodes to two units.
This makes the application
much safer.

Application examples CM-ENS UP/DOWN

Liquid level control - fill - switch Liquid level control - drain -
Cascading of
position "UP" switch position "DOWN"
1SVC 110 000 F 0160

electrodes 1SVC 110 000 F 0159

1SVC 110 000 F 0161

1SVC 110 000 F 0162

The electrode inputs can be

interconnected as required,
which ensures simple monito-
ring of different liquid levels.

Redundancy
1SVC 110 000 F 0160

Redundant liquid level moni-

toring or control can be
implemented by connecting
the electrodes to two units.
This makes the application
much safer.

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/122
 Liquid level monitors and controls
Application examples

Application examples CM-ENN

fill drain
1SVC 110 000 F 0165

1SVC 110 000 F 0166

2

For commissioning, set both potentiometers (response sensitivity = R value and ON-delay = time value) to the minimum value (5) and select a suitable
resistance range (sector). After all electrodes have been wetted by the liquid being monitored, turn the sensitivity potentiometer towards maximum value
(100) until the relay energizes. If the relay does not energize, select a higher q value (sector) on the device and proceed as before. Then it has to be che-
cked if the relay de-energizes properly as soon as the electrodes C and MIN are no longer wet. Liquid levels higher than the maximum level electrode can
be obtained by setting an ON-delay (TA = 0.1...10 s).
Liquid levels lower than the minimum level electrode can be obtained by setting an OFF-delay time (TR = 0.1...10 s), e.g. for emptying tanks.

Application example CM-ENN UP/DOWN

Electrode Relay LED
1SVC 110 000 F 0171

AL1 not wet RAL1 (21-22) closed off

AL1 wet RAL1 (21-22) open on

AL2 wet RAL2 (31-32) closed off

AL2 not wet RAL2 (31-32) open on

Supply voltage RAL1 (21-22)

closed off
failure RAL2 (31-32)

Reserve pump for emptying

Pump control ("UP" or "DOWN")
Reserve pump for filling

Redundancy
1SVC 110 000 F 0160
1SVC 110 000 F 0159

Cascading of
electrodes Redundant liquid level monito-
ring or control can be
The electrode inputs can be implemented by connecting the
interconnected as required, electrodes to two units.
which ensures simple
This makes the application
monitoring of different liquid
much safer.
levels.

2/123 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Liquid level monitors and controls
Technical data

Type CM-ENE MIN CM-ENE MAX

Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage US - A1-A2 24 V AC approx. 1.5 VA
A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 1.2 VA
power consumption
A1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 1.4 VA
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15...+15 % 2
Rated frequency 50-60 Hz
Duty time 100 %
Measuring circuit MIN-C, MAX-C
Monitoring function dry-running protection overflow protection
Response sensitivity 0-100 kq, not adjustable
Maximum electrode voltage 30 V AC
Maximum electrode current 1.5 mA
Electrode supply line max. cable capacity 3 nF
max. cable length 30 m
Timing circuit
Time delay -
Tripping delay fixed approx. 200 ms
Indication of operational states
Output relay energized R: yellow LED
Output circuits 13-14
Kind of output 1 n/o contact
Operational principle 1) open-circuit principle closed-circuit principle
Contact material AgCdO
Rated operational voltage Ue (IEC/EN 60947-1) 250 V
Mininimum switching voltage / minimum switching current -/-
Maximum switching voltage 250 V
Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.3 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c contact -
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 78 x 78.5 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.09 in)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20
Ambient temperature range operation / storage -20...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with wire-end ferrule 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 18-16 AWG)
fine-strand without wire-end ferrule 2 x 1-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 18-16 AWG)
rigid 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 18-16 AWG)
Stripping length 10 mm (0.39 inch)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm
Standards
Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
fields
Resistance to vibration (IEC 68-2-6) 6g
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 10 g
Isolation data
Rat. insulation volt. betw. supply, meas. & output circuit (VDE 0110, IEC 60947) 250 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits (VDE0 110, IEC 664) 4 kV / 1.2-50 µs

Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Pollution category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5) 3/C
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5) III / C
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30) 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Open-circuit principle:
1)
Output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay de-energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/124
 Liquid level monitors and controls
Technical data

Type CM-ENS CM ENS UP/DOWN

Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage US - A1-A2 24 V AC 24 V AC
A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 1.5 VA 110-130 V AC approx. 4 VA
power consumption
A1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 1.5 VA 220-240 V AC approx. 4 VA
2 A1-A2 380-415 V AC approx. 1.5 VA
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15...+10 %
Rated frequency 50-60 Hz
Duty time 100 %
Measuring circuit MAX-MIN-C
Monitoring function liquid level control
Response sensitivity 5-100 kW, adjustable
Maximum electrode voltage 30 V AC
Maximum electrode current 1 mA
Electrode supply line max. cable capacity 10 nF
max. cable length 100 m
Timing circuit
Time delay -
Tripping delay approx. 250 ms
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage U: green LED
Output relay energized R MAX/MIN: yellow LED
Alarm relay AL1 - R AL1: yellow LED
Alarm relay AL2 - R AL2: yellow LED
Output circuits 11-12/14, 21-22, 31-32
Kind of output 1 c/o contact, 1 n/o + 1 n/c contact 2)

Operational principle 1) open-circuit principle open- and closed-circuit principle

Contact material AgCdo
Rated operational voltage Ue (IEC/EN 60947-1) 250 V
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current -/-
Maximum switching voltage 250 V
Rated operational current Ie (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A
AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.3 x 106 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c / n/o contact 10 A fast-acting / 10 A fast-acting
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 70 x 100 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20
Ambient temperature range operation / storage -20...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG)
Standards
Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility -
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
conducted disturbances, induced by IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
radio-frequency fields
Resistance to vibration (IEC 68-2-6) 4g
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 6g
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage between supply, measuring and output circuit 250 V
(VDE 0110, IEC 60947)
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits (VDE0 110, IEC 664) 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2,5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Pollution category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5) 3/C
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5) III / C
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30) 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Open-circuit principle:
1)
Output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay de-energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
2)
1SVR 430 851 R1300 (version with safe isolation)

2/125 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Liquid level monitors and controls
Technical data

Type CM-ENN UP/DOWN CM-ENN

Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage US - power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC 24 V AC
A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx. 1.5 VA 110-130 V AC approx. 2.5 VA
A1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 1.5 VA 220-240 V AC approx. 3 VA
A1-A2
A1-A2
380-415 V AC approx. 1.5 VA 380-415 V ACapprox. 4 VA
24-240 V AC/DC approx. 2 VA/W
2
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15...+10 %
Rated frequency 50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz oder DC
Duty time 100 %
Measuring circuit MAX-MIN-C
Monitoring function liquid level control
Response sensitivity adjustable adjustable
5-100 k 250 q - 5 kq 2.5-50 kq 25-500 kq
Maximum electrode voltage 30 V AC 20 V AC
Maximum electrode current 1 mA 8 mA 2 mA 0.5 mA
Electrode supply line max. cable capacity 10 nF 200 nF 20 nF 4 nF
max. cable length 100 m 1000 m 100 m 20 m
Timing circuit
Time delay - 0.1-10 s, adjustable, ON- or OFF-delay
Tripping delay approx. 250 ms -
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage U: green LED
Output relay energized R MAX/MIN: yellow LED R: yellow LED
Output circuits 11-12/14, 21-22, 31-32 15-16/18, 25-26/28
Kind of output 1 c/o + 2 n/c contacts 2 c/o contacts
Operational principle 1) open-circuit principle open- and closed-circuit principle
Contact material AgCdO
Rated operational voltage Ue IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V 400 V
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current -/-
Maximum switching voltage 250 V 400 V
Rated operational current Ie (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A 5A
AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A 5A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A 2.5 A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.3 x 10 6 switching cycles 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c / n/o contact 4 A fast-acting / 6 A fast-acting
General data
Diemensions (W X H X D) 45 x 78 x 100 mm (1.77 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20
Ambient temperature range operation / storage -25...+65 °C / -40...+85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm 2 (2 x 14 AWG)
Standards
Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility -
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
fields
Resistance to vibration (IEC 68-2-6) 5g
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 10 g
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage between supply, measuring and output circuit 250 V 500 V
(VDE 0110, IEC 60947)
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits (VDE0 110, IEC 664) 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2,5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Pollution category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5) 3/C
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5) III / C
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30) 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Open-circuit principle:
1)
Output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay de-energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/126
 Contact protection relays
Product group picture

2/127 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Contact protection relays
Table of contents

Contact protection relays

Product group picture 125
Table of contents 126
Benefits, advantages and operating controls 127
2
Ordering details 128
Technical information 129
Technical data 130

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/128
 Contact protection relays
Benefits and advantages, Operating controls

Characteristics CM-KRN

 Protects and reduces load from sensitive control contacts

 Adjustable ON-delay 0.05-30 s
 Acts as two-position switch
2  Stores switch positions
 Electrically isolated circuits
 2 c/o contacts
 2 LEDs for status indication

1 Connection diagram
2 Indication of operational states
R: yellow LED - relay status
U: green LED - control supply voltage
3 Marker label

2/129 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Contact protection relays
Ordering details

Description
Contact protection relay:
The CM-KRN protects sensitive control contacts from excessive load. It can be used with lat-
ching function or without. Bounce time of control contacts can be bypassed by the adjustable 2
response delay time. Use for contact protection.
Ordering details
Rated control supply Timing circuit Type Order code Price Weight
voltage (1 pce)
kg (lb)

24 V AC 1SVR450089R0000 0.30 (0.66)

2CDC 251 001 S0013

110-130 V AC 1SVR450080R0000 0.30 (0.66)

0.05-30 s
220-240 V AC 1SVR450081R0000 0.30 (0.66)
380-415 V AC 1SVR450082R0000 0.30 (0.66)
CM-KRN
24 V AC 1SVR450099R0000 0.30 (0.66)
CM-KRN 110-130 V AC 1SVR450090R0000 0.30 (0.66)
220-240 V AC 1SVR450091R0000 0.30 (0.66)
24 V AC/DC1) 1SVR450099R1000 0.30 (0.66)
1)
Not electrically isolated

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/130
 Contact protection relays
Technical information

Use for contact protection. The con- Function diagram - CM-KRN Connection diagram CM-KRN
tact to be protected is connected to
terminals Y1 and Y2. Use for contact A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage
A1/A2

1SVC 110 000 F 0173

protection with latching capacity The

1SVC 110 000 F 0174

Y1/Y2 Measuring circuits:
output relay energizes after contact
Y1-Y3 has been closed for at least 20 Y1/Y3 Y1-Y2 "On-Off" input (max. switch-on

2
resistance 6-10 k, min. switch-off
ms. It remains energized until contact Y1/Y4
resistance 15-20 k)
Y1-Y4 closes. The switching posi- 15/18
Y1-Y3 " Set" input (max. switch-
tions are stored. The relay is suitable 15/16
on resistance 6-10 k)
for load reduction purposes for 25/28
Y1-Y4 "Reset" input (max. switch-off
25/26
devices with minimum and maximum resistance 15-20 k)
contacts. The CM-KRN can be ope- 15-16/18 Output contacts -
rated via 3-wire proximity sensors for 25-26/28 open-circuit principle
switching of higher power. The supply
circuit, the control circuit and the out-
put circuit are electrically isolated
against each other Use, applications
Operation via 3-wire proximity sensors NPN
1SVC 110 000 F 0176

1SVC 110 000 F 0175

Actuators with 2 contacts and one common point can be connected to 2 separate On; relay energizes, Y1/Y3 or Y2
CM-KRN units.
Off; relay de-energizes, Y1/Y4 or Y2
Connect the common point of contacts to terminals Y2 of the two CM-KRN units.

2/131 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Contact protection relays
Technical data

Type CM-KRN
Supply circuit A1-A2
Rated control supply voltage US - power consumption A1-A2 24 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA
A1-A2 24 V AC/DC - approx. 3.5 VA 2
A1-A2 110-130 V AC - approx. 3,5 VA
A1-A2 220-240 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA
A1-A2 380-415 V AC - approx. 3.5 VA
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15...+10 %
Rated frequency 50-60 Hz
Duty time 100 %
Timing circuit
ON-delay time 0.05-1 s, 1.5-30 s
OFF-delay time max. 50 ms
Measuring circuit / contact circuit Y1-Y2/Y3/Y4
Measuring input contact protection without latching Y1-Y2
contact protection with latching Y1-Y3/Y4
Threshold Y1-Y2/Y3 6-10 k
Threshold-Hysteresis Y1-Y2/Y4 15-20 k
No-load voltage at the measuring input  10 V DC
Contact time for latching (CM-KRN without timing circuit) min. 20 ms
Switching current at the measuring input 3 mA
Maximum applied voltage at the measuring input  ±30 V (contact voltage)
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage U: green LED V : control supply voltage applied
Relay status R: yellow LED V : output relay energized
Output circuit 15-16/18, 25-26/28
Kind of output relay, 2 c/o contacts
Operating principle 1) open-circuit principle
Rated operational voltage (VDE 0110, IEC 60947-5-1) 400 V
Rated switching voltage 400 V AC
Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) 230 V 5A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 5A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2.5 A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifeteime (AC12, 230 V, 5 A) 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c / n/o contact 10 A fast-acting / 10 A fast-acting
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 x 78 x 100 mm (1.77 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP20 / IP50
Ambient temperature range operation / storage -25...+65 °C / -40...+85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm 2 (2 x 14 AWG)
Standards
Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 6 kV / 8 kV
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 10 V/m
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 2 kV / 5 kHz
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 2 kV symmetrical
conducted disturbances, induced by IEC/EN 61000-4-6 10 V
radio-frequency fields
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage (IEC 60947-1) 400 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (IEC 644-6) 4 kV
Pollution category (IEC 255-5, IEC 664) 3
Overvoltage category (IEC 255-5, IEC 664) III
Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
1)

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/132
 Sensor interface relays
Product group picture

2/133 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Sensor interface relays
Table of contents

Sensor interface relays

Product group picture 131
Table of contents 132
Benefits, advantages and operating controls 133
2
Ordering details 134
Technical information 135
Technical data 136

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/134
 Sensor interface relays
Benefits and Advantages, Operating controls

Characteristics CM-SIS
 High efficiency
 Low heating
2  Wide range of supply voltage
 Constant output voltage 24 V DC
 Protective separation acc. to EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
 Short-circuit and overload proof
 Input protected by internal fuse
 2 x 1 c/o contact
 3 LEDs for status indication

1 Indication of operational states

U: green LED - control supply voltage
R1: red LED - relay status R1
R2: red LED - relay status R2
2 Rotary switch for sensor type selection
3 Marker label

2/135 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Sensor interface relays
Ordering details

Description
Senior interface relay:
The CM-SIS is used to supply 2- or 3-wire NPN or PNP sensors with power and to evaluate
their switching signals. Two sensors of the types NPN or PNP can be connected simultane- 2
ously. Selection is done via the front-face rotary switch.
Ordering details
Rated control supply voltage Type Order code Price Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)

110-240 V AC / 105-260 V DC1) CM-SIS 1SVR430500R2300 0.22 (0.48)

2CDC 251 002 S0013

1)
Protective separation, short circuit and overload proof

CM-SIS

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/136
 Sensor interface relays
Technical information

Function diagram - CM-SIS Connection diagram CM-SIS

The CM-SIS (terminals L+, L-) sup-
plies the connected sensors with
voltage (24 V DC), the maximum L - N Rated control
power supply current is 0.5 A. The supply voltage

2CDC 252 026 F 0003

supply voltage and the sensor inputs

1SVC 110 000 F 0480

I1 Sensor input 1
are electrically isolated from the sup- A1 I1 11

2 ply circuit. To ensure maximum safety A2

A1 I2
12 14
21
I2
L+ - L-
Sensor input 2
Output voltage
when using these sensors, the prin- A2 22 24
24 V DC / 0.5 A
ciple of protective separation has 11-12/14 Output contacts -
been included. 21-22/24 Open-circuit principle
Each sensor input signal energizes
the corresponding output relay wit-
hout delay. The relay is energized as
soon as a threshold current is excee-
ded at input I1 or I2. Sensor leakage Connection of 2-wire sensors
currents of up to 8 mA don`t affect
the evaluation. The threshold value is
about 9 mA. If the threshold value at 1SVC 110 000 F 0481

1SVC 110 000 F 0482

input I1 or I2 is exceeded the corres-
ponding relay R1 or R2 energizes and
the corresponding LED lights up.
The wide-range supply voltage input
of CM-SIS allows its application in
nearly all supply systems.
The CM-SIS is also suitable for other
applications, for example it is also
possible to connect PTC or NTC Connection of 3-wire sensors
resistors instead of PNP or NPN sen-
sors or to operate the SIS directly by
switching contacts.
1SVC 110 000 F 0483

1SVC 110 000 F 0484

2/137 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Sensor interface relays
Technical data

Type CM-SIS
Input circuit
Supply voltage L-N AC 110-240 V AC (-15...+10 %)
DC 110-240 V (max. 105-260 V DC)
Frequency, AC supply 47-440 Hz
Supply voltage failure bridging time 10 ms min. at 100 % load 2
Current consumption max. 0.35 A
at 115 V AC 0.27 A
at 230 V AC 0.14 A
Inrush current at 25°C ( 2 ms) 33 A
Internal input fuse 800 mA slow-acting
Measuring circuit L+, L- / I1, I2
Sensor voltage L+ L- 24 V DC ± 3%
Sensor current / power max. 0.5 A / 12 W
Residual ripple max. 100 mVpp
Deviation with load change statical max. ± 0.5 %
load change dynamical 10-90 % max. .5 %
change of the input voltage max. ± 0.5 %
Short-circuit protection overcurrent switch-off with automatic restart
Overload protection excess temperature and overcurrent switch-off
Reset after thermal overload switch-off automatic reset after cooling down
Sensor type connection possibilities I1, I2 2- or 3-wire connection, NPN or PNP selectable by front-face switch
Input resistance approx. 2.5 kq
Threshold value for relays R1, R2 U emitter-collector < 2,3 V (I1, I2 > 8 mA)
Maximum switching frequency approx. 20 Hz
Output circuit 11-12/14, 21-22/24
Kind of output 2 relays, 1 c/o contact each
Operating principle open-circuit principle 1)
Rated operational voltage 250 V
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC
Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 10 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c / n/o contact 6 A fast-acting / 10 A fast-acting
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage U: green LED V : control supply voltage applied
Relay status R1 R1: yellow LED V : threshold value at input I1 exceeded
Relay status R2 R2: yellow LED V : threshold value at input I2 exceeded

General data
Efficiency at rated load approx. 84 % (at 230 V AC)
Ambient temperature range operation / storage 0...+55 °C / -25...+75 °C
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 78 x 100 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
Mounting position horizontally
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
Minimum distance to other units left-hand side 10 mm (0.39 in), vertical distance 50 m (1.97 in)
Electrical connection
Wire size 2 x 2,5 mm 2 (2 x 14 AWG)
Standards
Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
Electrical safety IEC(EN) 60255-5, EN 50178 (VDE 0160), EN60950, UL 508, CSA 22.2
Electrical isolation protective separation between L+,L-, I1,I2, and L,N,11,12,14,21,22,24
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 4 (4 kV)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Inst. class 3 (2 kV)
conducted disturbances, induced by IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
radio-frequency fields
Interference immunity to EN 50081-2 radiated noise EN 55011, class B
Input current harmonics no limitation
Isolation data
Insulation testing 2.5 kV AC (routine test), 3 kV AC (type test)
Degree of pollution 2
Overvoltage category II
Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
1)

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/138
 Cycle monitoring relay with watchdog function
Product group picture

2/139 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Cycle monitoring relay with watchdog function
Table of contents

Cycle monitoring relay with watchdog function

Product group picture 137
Table of contents 138
Benefits, advantages and operating controls 139
2
Ordering details 140
Technical information 141
Technical data 142

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/140
 Cycle monitoring relay with watchdog function
Benefits and Advantages, Operating controls

Characteristics
 Cycle monitor for monitoring the function
of programmable logic controllers or industrial pcs
2  4 selectable cycle
monitoring time ranges from 0.5 to 1000 ms
 24 V DC supply
 1 c/o contact
 2 LEDs for status indication

1 Setting the lower threshold value of cycle monitoring time

2 Connection diagram
3 Indication of operational states
F: red LED - cycle error
U: green LED - control supply voltage
4 Marker label

2/141 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Cycle monitoring relay with watchdog function
Ordering details

Description

The cycle monitoring relay CM-WDS (watchdog) observes if a regularly intermittent pulse is ap-
plied to its pulse input “I“. It is, for example, possible to connect the output of a programmable 2
logic controller (plc), which is set and reset regularly (e. g. once each cycle). The connected
cycle pulse must be generated by suitable programming of the plc/ipc. Now, the CM-WDS
monitors if the cycle time of the plc/ipc program is smaller than the cycle monitoring time set-
ted by means of the front-face selector switch “time value (ms)“.
The output relay 11-12/14 of the CM-WDS energizes and the red LED is switched off, if there
are minimum 8 successive regular pulses on input “I“. When the pulse signal stays out or is
not regular, the output relay de-energizes and the red LED is illuminated.
In case the monitoring time is too short or too long, this can be adjusted by a modified pro-
gramming of the plc/ips or by modified setting of the monitoring time “time value (ms)“.
A fault recognized and stored with the CM-WDS can be reset by an H-impulse (0-1-transition)
on the reset input “R(9)“, so that the cycle monitoring is again released. The reset impulse can
be generated by means of a reset button or by suitable programming of the controller (plc/ipc).

Ordering details
2CDC 251 011 S0012

Rated control supply voltage Type Order code Price Weight

(1 pce)
1 pce kg (lb)

24 V DC CM-WDS 1SVR430896R000 0.15 (0.33)

CM-WDS

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/142
 Cycle monitoring relay with watchdog function
Technical information

Function diagram - CM-WDS Connection diagram CM-WDS

t1

A1(+) R(9) I(8)

2CDC 252 045 F0211

A1/A2
12345678 12345678 1 ... 8
Interrogation ...

2 window A B C B C B A1 11

2CDC 252 061 F0003

I
I A1/A2 Rated control supply voltage
R t2 t2 R I Cycle pulse input
red LED R Reset input
A2 12 14 D
11/14 A = Cycle monitor 11-12/14 Output relay
11/12
D(3) 11(4) 14(1)
B = Cycle is correct, no cycle error 12(2) (0) A2(0) D Protected output (freewheeling diode)
C = Cycle failure 1: pulse > monitoring window
Cycle failure 2: pulse stays out
t = 300 ms

Example of application - circuit diagram

L+

2CDC 252 062 F0003

Reset

SPS / IPC

A1(+) R(9) I(8)

O 5.3 A1 11

I
R

A2 12 14 D
D(3) 11(4) 14(1)
12(2) (0) A2(0)

H1 H2
L-

Application
The CM-WDS is designed for the external moni-
toring of the correct function of programmable
logic controllers (plc) and industrial pcs (ipc).

2/143 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
Cycle monitoring relay with watchdog function
Technical data

Type CM-WDS
Input circuit A1-A2
Rated control supply voltage US - power consumption 24 V DC - approx. 1 W
Tolerance of the rated control supply voltage US -30 % - +30 %
Duty time 100 % 2
Measuring circuit I
Monitoring function cycle monitoring
Measuring voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption at the measuring input approx. 5 mA
Setting range of cycle monitoring time selectable: 0.5-150 ms, 0.5-260 ms, 0.5-500 ms, 0.5-1000 ms
Response time approx. 0.5-1000 ms
Accuracy within the supply voltage tolerance U  0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range U  0.06 % / °C
Timing circuit
ON-delay approx. 2.2-10 s
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage U: green LED
Output relay de-energized / cycle error F: red LED
Output circuit 11-12/14
Kind of output 1 c/o
Operating principle Closed-circuit principle 1)

Contact material AgCdo

Rated operational voltage Ue  IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V
Minimum switching voltage / Minimum switching current
Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC, 250 V DC
Rated operational current Ie (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A
AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A
AC rating (UL 508) Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 10 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifeteime (AC12, 230 V, 4 A) 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection n/c / n/o contacts 10 A fast-acting / 10 A fast-acting
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 78 x 100 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20
Ambient temperature range operation / storage -20...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm 2 (2 x 14 AWG)
Standards
Product standard IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6) 4g
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 6g
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz)
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3 (2 kV L-L)
conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
Interference emission EN 61000-6-4
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage between supply-, control- and output circuit (VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1) 250 V
Rated impulse withstand between all isolated circuits (VDE 0110, IEC 664) 4 kV / 1.2-50 µs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5) 3/C
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5) III
Environmental tests (IEC 68-2-30) 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 93 % rel. 96 h

Closed-circuit principle: Output relay de-energizes if a cycle error occurs

1)

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/144
 General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Notes

2/145 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Table of contents

General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers

Table of contents 144
Technical diagrams - CM-range 145
Dimensional drawings 147
2
Ordering details - CM-range accessories 149

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/146
 General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Technical diagrams - CM-range

Load limit curves

CM-S (22.5 mm), CM-E (22.5 mm), CM-UFD.M22

AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive)

V V
2
2CDC 252 194 F0205

2CDC 252 193 F0205

300 300
V 200 V 200

100 100
80 80
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20

10 10
0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 4 6 10 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 4 6 10
I A I A

Derating factor F for inductive AC load Contact lifetime

1.0

2CDC 252 148 F0206

Switching cycles
2CDC 252 192 F0205

0.9

0.8
F
0.7

0.6 250 V
resistive load
0.5

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
cos ϕ

Switching current [A]

CM-N (45 mm)

AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive)

400 400
AC voltage [V]

AC voltage [V]
2CDC 252 157 F0206

2CDC 252 158 F0206

300 300
200 200
resistive load
resistive load
100 100
80 80
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20

10 10
0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 4 6 10 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 4 6 10
AC current [A] AC current [A]

Derating factor F for inductive AC load Contact lifetime

1.0 106
2CDC 252 156 F0206
Switching cycles
2CDC 252 192 F0205

0.9

0.8 250 V AC
F resistive load
0.7

0.6
105
0.5

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
cos ϕ

104
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Switching current [A]

2/147 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Technical diagrams - CM-range

Load limit curves CM-UFD.M21

V V
300 300
U 200 U 200

100
resistive load
100
resistive load
2
80 80
60 60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
2CDC 252 010 F0212

2CDC 252 011 F0212

10 10
0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 4 6 10 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10
I A I A

AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive)

107
Switching cycles

106

250 V AC
resistive load

105

2CDC 252 012 F0212

104
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Switching current [A]

Contact lifetime

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/148
 General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Dimensional drawings

Measuring and monitoring relays CM range old housing Dimensions in mm

CM-S CM-N CM-E

22.5 mm 45 mm 22.5 mm

1SVC 110 000 F0423

1SVC 110 000 F 0177
0.039

Measuring and monitoring relays CM range new housing

113.4 44.65”

105.9 41.69” 22.5 0.89”

114.5 4.51”

107.0 4.21” 45.0 1.77”

85.6 33.70”
85.6 3.37”

2CDC 252 022 F0011

2CDC 252 010 F0011

104.8 4.13” 103.7 40.83”

CM-xxN 1SVR 750 xxx xxx, 1SVR 760 xxx xxx CM-xxS 1SVR 730 xxx xxx, 1SVR 740 xxx xxx
45 mm 22.5 mm

Temperature monitoring relays

45 6
86
a C512
7,2
b C513

0,8 ... 1,2 Nm

 5 ... 6 mm / PZ2 7 ... 10.3 lb·in
10 1 x 0,5 ... 4,0 mm²
6
2 x 0,5 ... 2,5 mm²
1 1 8 ,5 x 3 7
1 3 8 ,5 x 3 7

10 2 x 0,5 ... 1,5 mm²

6 8 ,2
9 1 ,5

102

1 x 0,5 ... 2,5 mm²

d
c

10
2CDC 252 288 F0005

AWG 2 x 20 ... 14

a b c d
28,8 C512, C513 65 36 82,6 105,9

C512/C513
45 mm

2/149 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Dimensional drawings

Dimensional drawing CM-UFD.M21

58 2.28”
48 1.89”
16.5 0.65”
2
61.8 2.43”
45 1.77”

90 3.54”

2CDC 252 008 F0012

3 0.12”

105 4.13”

Dimensional drawing CM-UFD.M22

67 2.64” 108 4.25”
90 3.54”

2CDC 252 008 F0013

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/150
 General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Ordering details - CM-range accessories

Accessories
2CDC 252 187 F0005

Ordering details
.453”
11,5

Descrip- For type Width in for devices Type Order code Price Pkg Weight
.177”

62,5 2.46”
4,5

tion mm qty (1 pce)

2 pce g (oz)
.394”

.886”
22,5
10

CM-S 18.4
60 2.36” Adapter CM-S.S/P 22.5 ADP.01 1SVR430029R0100 1
(0.65)
for screw
ADP.01 mounting CM-N
CM-N.S/P 45 ADP.02 1SVR440029R0100 1 36.7 (1.30)
CM-S, CM-N without DIP 0.19
CM-S.S/P switches MAR.01 1SVR366017R0100 10
(0.007)
CM-N.S/P
2CDC 252 186 F0005

with DIP 0.13

Marker label CM-S, CM-N MAR.02 1SVR430043R0000 10
3A11
.315”

switches (0.005)
8

20
.787” CM-S.S/P with DIP 0.152
CM-N.S/P switches MAR.12 1SVR730006R0000 10
(0.335)
MAR.01
CM-S 22.5 COV.01 1SVR430005R0100 1 5.2 (0.18)

Sealable CM-N 45 COV.02 1SVR440005R0100 1 7.7 (0.27)

transparent
7 .275” cover
2CDC 252 185 F0005

22,5
3,5 .138” CM-S.S/P 22.5 COV.11 1SVR730005R0100 1 4.0 (0.129)
.886”

CM-N.S/P 45 COV.12 1SVR750005R0100 1 7 (0.247)

68,5 2.70 ”

front-to-back
size 107

Sealable cover
COV.01
1SVC 110 000 F 0180

Sealable cover
COV.02

2/151 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | 2CDC 110 004 C0209
 General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Ordering details - CM-range accessories

Plug-in current transformers CM-CT

2CDC 251 002 F0005

Without primary conductor though with foot angle, insulating protective cap and bar fastening screws
Primary / rated current from 50 A to 600 A
Secondary current of 1 A or 5 A
Class 1
2

Ordering details
Rated primary Secondary Burden class Type Order code Price Weight
current current (1 pce)
pce g (oz)
50 A 1 VA / 1 CM-CT 50/1 1SVR450116R1000 0.31 (0.683)
CM-CT 75 A 1.5 VA / 1 CM-CT 75/1 1SVR450116R1100 0.31 (0.683)
100 A 2.5 VA / 1 CM-CT 100/1 1SVR450116R1200 0.276 (0.608)
150 A 2.5 VA / 1 CM-CT 150/1 1SVR450116R1300 0.32 (0.705)
200 A 1A 2.5 VA / 1 CM-CT 200/1 1SVR450116R1400 0.222 (0.489)
2CDC 251 003 F0005

300 A 5 VA / 1 CM-CT 300/1 1SVR450117R1100 0.29 (0.639)

400 A 5 VA / 1 CM-CT 400/1 1SVR450117R1200 0.27 (0.595)
500 A 5 VA / 1 CM-CT 500/1 1SVR450117R1300 0.29 (0.639)
600 A 5 VA / 1 CM-CT 600/1 1SVR450117R1400 0.24 (0.529)
50 A 1 VA / 1 CM-CT 50/5 1SVR450116R5000 0.3 (0.661)
75 A 1.5 VA / 1 CM-CT 75/5 1SVR450116R5100 0.31 (0.683)
100 A 2.5 VA / 1 CM-CT 100/5 1SVR450116R5200 0.31 (0.683)
150 A 2.5 VA / 1 CM-CT 150/5 1SVR450116R5300 0.28 (0.617)
200 A 5A 5 VA / 1 CM-CT 200/5 1SVR450116R5400 0.29 (0.639)
300 A 5 VA / 1 CM-CT 300/5 1SVR450117R5100 0.252 (0.556)
400 A 5 VA / 1 CM-CT 400/5 1SVR450117R5200 0.26 (0.573)
CM-CT 500 A 5 VA / 1 CM-CT 500/5 1SVR450117R5300 0.208 (0.459)
with mounted accessories 600 A 5 VA / 1 CM-CT 600/5 1SVR450117R5400 0.21 (0.463)

Ordering details - Accessories

Description Type Order code Price Weight
(1 pce)
10 pces g (oz)
Snap-on fastener for DIN rail mounting of CM-CT CM-CT A 1SVR450118R1000 0.009 (0.02)
2CDC 251 159 F0b06

CM-CT-A
mounted on DIN rail Operating principle / circuit diagram Dimensional drawing
48 1.89“
61 2.36“ 35 1.38“

K/P1 k/S1
k l
78,5 3.09“
75,5 2.97“

2
6
b

d
a

e
31 1.22“
2CDC 252 001 F0206

L/P2 l/S2 K-P1

a 30 1.18“
b 47 1.85“
load c 62 2.40“
2CDC 252 153 F0b06

d
6,5 0.26“

e
40 1.57“
60 2.36“

a 10,5 mm 0.41 inch

b 12,5 mm 0.49 inch
c 20,5 mm 0.81 inch
d 25,5 mm 1.00 inch
e 30,5 mm 1.20 inch

2CDC 110 004 C0209 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2013/2014 | ABB 2/152